JP2021192863A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To solve a problem of decrease in an interest in a game since a performance mode of a game performance is uniform while an interest in a game is enhanced when a game performance having high jackpot reliability is executed in a game machine although a player's interest in a game when a game performance having high jackpot reliability is executed is enhanced and an interest in a game is enhanced further when an advantageous jackpot occurs since game performances (ready-to-win performances, character performances, and the like) include plural game performances in different execution modes, and different jackpot reliability is shown depending on a game performance to be executed.SOLUTION: A game machine for enhancing an interest in a game by various unprecedented game properties is provided.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 54

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine, and can be particularly applied to a pachinko gaming machine or the like.

In a conventional gaming machine, a hit / fail judgment is made with a predetermined jackpot probability based on the ball entering the starting port, and the symbol is displayed in a variable manner. There was one that performed a big hit game that opened the winning opening. In addition, a game effect (reach effect, character effect, etc.) is executed along with the variable display of the symbol, and there is a possibility that the result of the hit / fail judgment may be a big hit depending on the execution mode of the game effect, that is, the symbol is stopped and displayed as a big hit symbol. It showed the possibility of doing (big hit reliability) (for example, Patent Document 1).

Further, as the game effect (reach effect, character effect, etc.), the player has a plurality of game effects having different execution modes, and shows different jackpot reliability depending on the game effect to be executed. As a result, the game entertainment of the player is enhanced when the game production with high reliability of the jackpot is executed, and the game entertainment interest is further enhanced when the jackpot is advantageous. Further, as the hit game, a plurality of types of hit games having different degrees of advantage for the player are provided, and when the advantageous hit game is executed, the hobby of the game is further enhanced. In addition, if a player has a plurality of effect modes having different display modes and shifts to a game state (time saving state or probability change state) that is advantageous to the player after the end of the winning game, the effect mode executed in the game state is used. There was one that displayed the remaining period until the end of the advantageous gaming state.

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-57583

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, although it is easy for the player to understand the gameplay, the production mode is monotonous and the game entertainment has not been enhanced.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and is intended to provide a gaming machine having various production modes and to enhance a gaming interest by a new gaming effect.

The gaming machine of the first invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result.
The gaming state includes a first specific state and a second specific state different from the first specific state.
It is assumed that the gaming state is shifted from the first specific state to the second specific state based on the establishment of the special condition.
The special condition is satisfied when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific number of times and a non-specific result (off) in succession.
As the game effect, there is a remaining period notification effect that notifies the remaining period until the special condition is satisfied.
The execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect includes a first execution condition and a second execution condition different from the first execution condition.
It is characterized in that the remaining period notification effect can be executed in both cases when the first execution condition is satisfied and when the second execution condition is satisfied.

According to such a gaming machine, the gaming state has a first specific state and a second specific state, and the result of variable display of the identification information becomes a specific number of times and a non-specific result (off) in succession. When the special condition is satisfied, the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to the second specific state. Further, there are a first execution condition and a second execution condition as execution conditions for executing the remaining period notification effect for notifying the remaining period until the special condition is satisfied, and when any of the execution conditions is satisfied. Also performs the remaining period notification effect. As a result, it is possible to increase the feasibility of the remaining period notification effect for notifying the remaining period up to the second specific state, diversify the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect, and enhance the game entertainment.

Further, the gaming machine of the second invention is the gaming machine of the first invention.
The remaining period notification effect includes a first remaining period notification effect and a second remaining period notification effect having a display mode different from that of the first remaining period notification effect.
When the first execution condition is satisfied, the first remaining period notification effect is executed, and when the second execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed. be.

According to such a gaming machine, it has a first remaining period notification effect and a second remaining period notification effect having a different display mode from the first remaining period notification effect. Then, when the remaining period notification effect is executed based on the satisfaction of the first execution condition, the first remaining period notification effect is executed, and the remaining period notification effect is executed based on the satisfaction of the second execution condition. When it is executed, the second remaining period notification effect is executed. As a result, the display mode (execution mode) of the remaining period notification effect differs depending on the execution conditions established when the remaining period notification effect is executed, and the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect is diversified to enhance the game entertainment. Is possible.

Further, the gaming machine of the third invention is the gaming machine of the second invention.
The first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied.
The second remaining period notification effect is characterized in that, when the second execution condition is satisfied, it is executed with a second possibility higher than the first possibility.

According to such a gaming machine, the first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied, and the second remaining period notification effect satisfies the second execution condition. In some cases it is performed with a second possibility higher than the first. That is, the first remaining period notification effect is not always executed when the first execution condition is satisfied, and the first remaining period notification effect is executed when other conditions other than the first execution condition are satisfied. To. Further, when the second execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed with a higher possibility than the possibility that the first remaining period notification effect is executed when the first execution condition is satisfied. To. As a result, it is possible to diversify the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect and enhance the game entertainment.

Further, the gaming machine of the fourth invention is the gaming machine of the first invention to the third invention.
The first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first specific number of times and the non-specific result in succession.
The second execution condition is characterized in that, at least, the result of the variable display of the identification information is continuously satisfied with a second specific number of times different from the first specific number of times and a non-specific result. It is a thing.

According to such a gaming machine, the first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first specific number of times and the non-specific result in succession, and the second execution condition. Shall be established on condition that at least the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the second specific number of times and the non-specific result in succession. As a result, the execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect can be satisfied at different times, and the number of executions for which the result of the variable display of the identification information is a non-specific result can be satisfied. Therefore, the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect is diversified. It is possible to enhance the entertainment of the game.

Further, the gaming machine of the fifth invention is the gaming machine of the first to third inventions.
The first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variation display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the first specific number of times and the non-specific result.
The second execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variation display of the identification information from the power-on is a second specific number of times different from the first specific number of times and a non-specific result. It is a feature.

According to such a gaming machine, the first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the first specific number of times and the non-specific result. 2 The execution condition shall be satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the second specific number of times and the non-specific result. As a result, the execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect can be different the number of executions for which the result of the variable display of the identification information from the power-on is a non-specific result, so that the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect can be satisfied. It will be possible to diversify and enhance the entertainment of the game.

Further, the gaming machine of the sixth invention is the gaming machine of the first to fifth inventions.
A variable entrance port that can be changed to the first aspect and the second aspect in which the possibility of entering the game ball is higher than that of the first aspect.
A ball entry frequency setting means capable of setting a first frequency state in which the ball entry frequency into the variable entry port is the first frequency state and a second frequency state in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. Equipped with
The first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state.

According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to set a first frequency state in which the frequency of ball entry into the variable ball entry port is the first frequency state and a second frequency state in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. The first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state. As a result, it is possible to diversify the pattern of changes in the game state accompanying the count effect and enhance the game interest in the count effect.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine having a high degree of entertainment interest by providing a gaming effect in various production modes and a new gaming effect.

It is a front view of the gaming machine which concerns on embodiment of this invention. It is a back view of the gaming machine which concerns on embodiment of this invention. It is a front view which shows the structure of the game board of the Example of this invention. It is an enlarged view of the main display shown in FIG. 3, and is the figure which shows the display which the gaming machine includes. It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of the gaming machine. It is a table showing the correspondence between the type of winning and the opening pattern of the big winning opening. It is a table which shows various random numbers acquired by a game control microcomputer. (A) is a hit judgment table, (B) is a big hit type judgment table, (C) is a small hit type judgment table, (E) is a normal symbol hit judgment table, and (F) is normal. It is a symbol variation pattern selection table. It is a fluctuation pattern table. It is a flowchart of a main control main process. It is a flowchart of interrupt processing. It is a flowchart of a start port sensor detection process. It is a flowchart of a normal figure operation process. It is a flowchart of a normal symbol standby process. It is a flowchart of a normal symbol hit / miss determination process. It is a flowchart of a normal symbol random number shift process. It is a flowchart of a process during a normal symbol change. It is a flowchart of a normal symbol determination process. It is a flowchart of ordinary electric accessory processing. It is a flowchart of a special figure operation process. It is a flowchart of a special symbol standby process. Special Figure 2 It is a flowchart of a hit / fail determination process. It is a flowchart of the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process. It is a flowchart of the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process. Special Figure 2 It is a flowchart of a random number shift process. Special Figure 1 It is a flowchart of a hit / fail determination process. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a variation pattern selection process. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a variation pattern selection process. Special Figure 1 It is a flowchart of a random number shift process. It is a flowchart of the process during special symbol change. It is a flowchart of a special symbol determination process. It is a flowchart of special electric accessory processing 1 (big hit game). It is a flowchart of special electric accessory processing 2 (small hit game). It is a flowchart of special electric accessory processing 2 (small hit game). It is a flowchart of a game state setting process. It is a flowchart of a game state setting process. It is a flowchart of the reserved ball number processing. It is a flowchart of a power-off monitoring process. It is a flowchart of a sub-control main process. It is a flowchart of a receive interrupt process. It is a flowchart of 2ms timer interrupt processing. It is a flowchart of 10ms timer interrupt processing. It is a flowchart of the received command analysis process. It is a flowchart of the received command analysis process. It is a flowchart of the variation effect start processing. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of a game effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of a game effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of a game effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the chance period transition effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the chance period transition effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the chance period transition effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the chance period transition effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the chance period transition effect. It is a flowchart of the remaining period notification effect determination process. It is a flowchart of the remaining period notification effect determination process. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the remaining period notification effect. It is a figure which shows the execution mode of the remaining period notification effect.

Next, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to examples. In the following, when the big hit symbol is stopped and displayed (when the result of the special symbol hit / miss judgment is a big hit) due to the end of the fluctuation display of the symbol, the ball enters based on the fact that the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed. When the game ball that has entered the variable entry port that is possible passes through a predetermined specific area (when the result of the special symbol hit / miss judgment is a small hit and the game ball passes through the specific area in the variable entry port) In addition, an example in which the present invention is applied to a one-type and two-type mixed type pachinko gaming machine capable of performing a big hit game capable of imparting a predetermined amount of game profit (for example, a prize ball) to a player will be described.

As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the first embodiment includes a gaming machine frame 50 and a gaming board 2 mounted in the gaming machine frame 50, and the gaming board 2 is a gaming machine. It is detachably configured from the frame 50. FIG. 3 shows a state in which the gaming board 2 is removed from the gaming machine frame 50. The gaming machine frame 50 includes a front frame 51 having a decorative surface, a main body frame 52 for attaching a gaming board 2 and the like, and an outer frame 53 for attaching the pachinko gaming machine 1 to the island equipment in the hall. The front frame 51, the main body frame 52, and the outer frame 53 are pivotally supported on one side end side and are configured to be openable and closable, respectively.

Further, the front frame 51 can supply a launch handle 60 for launching a game ball with a firing intensity according to a player's operation amount (rotation angle), and a game ball that stores and stores the game ball to the launcher side. A hit ball supply plate (upper plate) 61 and a surplus ball tray (lower plate) 62 for storing game balls that cannot be accommodated in the hit ball supply plate 61 are provided. Further, on the front frame 51, a first effect button 63a and a second effect button 63b (these two effect buttons are collectively referred to) that can be operated by the player during execution of a game effect executed as the game progresses. A frame lamp 66 for decoration, a speaker 67, and the like are also provided.

The effect button 63 functions as an input means that can be input by the player, and the effect button to be used can be used properly according to the type of the game effect. When the first effect button 63a or the second effect button 63b is operated during the execution of the game effect, a predetermined operation-corresponding effect is performed based on the operation. The configuration of the effect button 63 is not limited to the embodiment of the first embodiment, and any input means can be input by the player, or the player can directly contact the button portion to input the effect button 63 (for example,). , Appearance type, touch sensor type, etc.), or non-contact type input means (photoelectric type, etc.) that detects that a part of the player's body is in close proximity and inputs. ..

The game board 2 is formed with a game area 3 in which a game ball launched by the operation of the launch handle 60 flows down, surrounded by a rail member 4. Further, the game board 2 is provided with a board surface lamp 5 for decoration. In the game area 3, a plurality of game nails 16 for guiding the game ball are projected. Further, a ball return prevention piece 6 is provided at the tip of the rail member 4, and it is possible to prevent the game ball once guided to the game area from returning to the launching device side.

Further, an image display device 7 composed of a liquid crystal display device is provided near the center of the game area 3. The display screen 7a of the image display device 7 is provided with an effect symbol display area 7b (also referred to as an “effect symbol display unit”) on which the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R (also simply referred to as “effect symbol 8”) are displayed. The effect symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are displayed in a variable manner in synchronization with the variable display of the first special symbol and the variable display of the second special symbol, which will be described later. The effect symbol display area 7b is composed of, for example, three symbol display areas of "left", "middle", and "right". The left effect symbol 8L is displayed in the left symbol display area, and the middle effect is displayed in the middle symbol display area. The symbol 8C is displayed, and the right effect symbol 8R is displayed in the symbol display area on the right.

Further, each of the effect symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R is composed of a plurality of symbols (identification information) representing numbers from "1" to "9", for example. The left, middle, and right effect symbols that are stopped and displayed in the effect symbol display area 7b are displayed on the first special symbol display 41a (also referred to as "first special symbol display unit") described later (see FIG. 4). The result of the variation display of the first special symbol (that is, the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment (simply also referred to as "hit / fail judgment")) and the second special symbol display 41b (also referred to as "second special symbol display unit"). The result of the variation display of the second special symbol (result of the judgment of whether or not the special symbol is correct) displayed in is displayed so that the player can easily recognize it. In addition, it may be simply referred to as "design" or "identification information" by referring to any one or both of the first special symbol, the second special symbol, and the effect symbol.

For example, if the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit, the effect symbol may be stopped and displayed with the same three-digit doublet (also referred to as "hit effect symbol") such as "777" or "555". It is possible. In addition, when the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a small hit, the same three-digit number such as "222" or "666" (also referred to as "hit effect symbol") is the same as in the case of a big hit. You may stop and display the effect symbol with (say), preset chance symbols such as "135" (at least one of the three symbols is different, and a predetermined specific doublet symbol) or "3 ★ 3". , Etc. (also referred to as “small hit effect symbol”) may be used to stop and display the effect symbol. In addition, in both the case of big hit and the case of small hit, when the effect symbol is stopped and displayed with the same doublet (also referred to as "hit effect symbol"), the case of big hit and the case of small hit The different symbol combinations may be stopped and displayed, or the same symbol combination may be stopped and displayed in order to make it difficult for the player to distinguish between big hits and small hits. In addition, if the result of the special symbol pass / fail judgment is incorrect, at least one of the three symbols such as "637" and "373" is different from the different symbol (also referred to as "off effect symbol"). It is possible to stop and display the effect design.

As a result, the player can easily grasp the progress of the game by looking at the effect symbol that is stopped and displayed, and conversely, it is difficult to grasp the progress of the game from the effect symbol that is stopped and displayed. Is possible. That is, in general, the player does not directly grasp the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination by looking at the special symbol displayed on the first special symbol display 41a or the second special symbol display 41b. The effect symbol (pseudo symbol) displayed in the symbol display area 7b is observed and grasped. It is not necessary to separately provide the positions of the left, middle, and right symbol display areas, and the left, middle, and right effect symbol display areas may be used as the entire symbol display area (effect symbol display area 7b). .. Further, as a mode of variable display of the effect symbol, for example, there is a mode of scrolling display in the up / down, left / right, diagonal directions, and the like.

On the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, in addition to displaying a game effect (effect symbol game effect) using the effect symbol as described above, a hit game effect executed in association with the hit game and a customer waiting Demonstration effects etc. are displayed. In addition, in the effect pattern game effect, the hit game effect, and the demo effect, in addition to the effect symbols such as numbers, the effect images other than the effect symbols such as the background image and the character image are displayed.

Further, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, there is a first effect hold display area 9c (first effect hold display unit) that displays the first effect hold 9a according to the number of stored first special figure hold described later. There is a second effect hold display area 9d (second effect hold display unit) that displays the second effect hold 9b according to the number of storages of the second special figure hold described later. Depending on the display mode (number of displays) of the first effect hold or the second effect hold, the number of stored first special figure hold and the second special figure display displayed on the first special figure hold indicator 43a (see FIG. 4) described later. The stored number of the second special figure hold displayed on the figure hold display 43b can be shown to the player in an easy-to-understand manner.

A center decorative body 10 is provided near the center of the game area 3 and in front of the image display device 7 so as to surround the effect symbol display area 7b. At the lower part of the center decorative body 10, a stage portion 11 having a game ball rolling surface on which the game ball can roll is provided. Further, a hollow warp portion 12 is provided on the left portion of the center decoration body 10. The warp portion 12 is provided with a warp inlet and a warp outlet, and receives a game ball flowing down the game area 3 from the warp inlet, discharges the game ball from the warp outlet, and guides the game ball to the stage portion 11. The game ball guided to the rolling surface of the stage portion 11 has a higher possibility than the game ball not guided to the stage portion 11, and can enter the first starting port 20 described later. Further, above the center decorative body 10, an illuminated member (board lamp 5) such as an LED is provided and can be turned on according to the game state, and a decorative member 13 in the shape of characters, figures, or the like is arranged. ing.

Further, a movable decorative member 14 that can be operated along with the game effect is provided above the center decorative body 10 and behind the decorative member 13. In FIG. 3, only a part of the movable decorative member 14 is visible, but for example, the movable decorative member 14 falls downward with the execution of a game effect having a relatively high possibility of hitting, and the movable decorative member 14 is movable. The decorative member 14 covers the front surface of the display screen 7a, and most of the decorative member 14 becomes visible. As a result, the player raises the expectation for a hit (big hit or small hit).

Below the image display device 7 in the game area 3, a fixed winning device 19 provided with a non-variable first starting port 20 in which the ease of entering the game ball does not change is provided. Based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, a random number for determining whether the special symbol is correct or not (random number for determining whether or not the first special symbol is correct) or the like is acquired, and when a predetermined predetermined condition is satisfied, the first special symbol is satisfied. The first special symbol is displayed in a variable manner while the hit / fail judgment (first special symbol hit / fail judgment) is executed, and the first special symbol is stopped and displayed based on the result of the hit / miss judgment (first special symbol hit / fail judgment). ..

Below the first starting port 20, a variable winning device 22 (also referred to as a “variable starting port”) is provided, which is provided with a variable second starting port 21 that changes the ease of entering the game ball. .. Based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21, a random number for determining whether or not the special symbol is correct (random number for determining whether or not the second special symbol is correct) or the like is acquired, and when a predetermined predetermined condition is satisfied, the second special symbol is satisfied. The hit / fail determination (second special symbol hit / fail determination) is executed, the second special symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and the second special symbol is stopped and displayed based on the result of the hit / fail determination (second special symbol hit / fail determination).

The variable winning device 22 includes a movable member 23, and opens and closes the second starting port 21 by the operation of the movable member 23. By this opening / closing operation, the second starting port 21 can be changed from the first aspect (closed state) to the second aspect (open state) in which the possibility of entering the game ball is higher than that of the first aspect. be. The movable member 23 is driven by a second starting port solenoid 24 (see FIG. 5). In the first embodiment, the second starting port 21 is capable of entering the game ball only when the movable member 23 is in the open state, and is unable to enter the game ball when the movable member 23 is in the closed state. There is. The second starting port 21 is completely closed when the movable member 23 is closed, as long as it is more difficult for the game ball to enter when the movable member 23 is in the closed state. It does not have to be something that makes it impossible to enter the ball.

To the right of the first start opening 20 in the game area 3, a first big winning device 31 (also referred to as a “first variable ball entry opening”) that operates when a big hit game described later is executed is provided. The first big winning device 31 includes a first big winning opening 30 and an opening / closing member 32. The first big winning opening 30 is opened by the opening operation of the opening / closing member 32, and the first big winning is made by the closing operation of the opening / closing member 32. It closes the mouth 30. The opening / closing member 32 is driven by the first large winning opening solenoid 33 (see FIG. 5). The first large winning opening 30 allows a game ball to enter only when the opening / closing member 32 is in the open state. That is, the first variable entry port 31 is in a state in which the game ball cannot enter (closed state) and a state in which the game ball can enter (open state) due to the opening / closing operation of the opening / closing member 32. It can be changed to.

Further, in the upper right part of the center decorative body 10 above the first big winning opening 30 in the game area 3, the second big winning device 36 (“second variable winning ball”) that operates when the small hit game described later is executed is performed. Also called "mouth") is provided. The second big winning device 36 includes a second big winning opening 35 and an opening / closing member (blade member) 37, and the second big winning opening 35 is opened by the opening operation of the opening / closing member 37, and the opening / closing member 37 is closed. The second big winning opening 35 is closed. The opening / closing member 37 is driven by the second large winning opening solenoid 38 (see FIG. 5). The second large winning opening 35 allows a game ball to enter only when the opening / closing member 37 is in the open state. That is, the second variable entry port 36 has a state in which the game ball cannot enter (closed state) and a state in which the game ball can enter (open state) due to the opening / closing operation of the opening / closing member 37. It can be changed to.

A specific region 39 (also referred to as a V or V region) through which a game ball entered into the second prize opening 35 can pass is formed (provided) inside the second prize-winning device 36. In the pachinko gaming machine 1, the jackpot game described later is started based on the detection that at least one of the gaming balls that have entered the second major winning opening 35 has passed through the specific area 39. ing. That is, the specific area 39 is a jackpot game start port. Further, in the second prize-winning device 36, a movable piece (to a specific area) for creating a state in which the game ball can pass through the specific area 39 (open state) and a state in which the game ball cannot pass (closed state) is not shown. A member that changes the passability of the game ball) is provided.

This movable piece closes the specific area 39 when the second prize-winning device 36 is not activated, that is, when the opening / closing member 37 closes the second prize-winning opening 35, and the second prize-winning device 36 is operated. Based on the start, that is, the start of the opening operation of the opening / closing member 37 that opens / closes the second special winning opening 35, the operation (predetermined predetermined operation) for opening the specific area 39 is started. That is, the movable piece starts the operation with the opening operation of the opening / closing member 37. Further, the movable piece operates in a predetermined operation pattern, and returns to a state in which the specific area 39 is closed based on the elapse of a predetermined operation time. Further, this movable piece is also referred to as "a movable member that allows (opens) or blocks (closes) the passage of the game ball to a specific area".

As a result, the timing at which the game ball enters the opened second large winning opening 35 and the game ball reaches the position where the entered game ball is guided to the specific area 39 (the entrance of the movable piece) and the movable piece are specified. When the timing of opening the area 39 coincides, the game ball passes through the specific area 39 (passes V) and the big hit game is started. On the other hand, if those timings do not match, the game ball is discharged to the outside of the machine as it is without passing through the specific area 39, and the big hit game is not started. Further, as a predetermined operation pattern of the movable piece, an operation pattern may be set in which the closed state and the open state are changed a plurality of times, or the open state or the closed state time is different a plurality of times. Then, depending on the timing at which the opening / closing member 37 of the second special winning opening is opened (whether the game ball is in a state where it can be entered) after the predetermined operation pattern is started, the game ball to the specific area can be opened. The passability may be changed.

A gate 28 (game ball passage port) through which a game ball can pass is provided in the right side area of the center decoration body 10 in the game area 3. Based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28, a random number for determining whether or not the normal symbol is correct is acquired, and when a predetermined predetermined condition is satisfied, it is determined whether or not the second starting port 21 is opened. As the symbol hit / miss determination is executed, the normal symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and is stopped and displayed based on the result of the normal symbol hit / fail judgment. When the normal symbol is stopped and displayed, the second starting port 21 is opened. Further, a plurality of general entrances 27 are provided in the lower part of the game area 3.

The game area 3 in which various entrances and the like are arranged is divided into a left game area (first game area) 3A on the left side of the center in the left-right direction and a right game area (second game area) 3B on the right side. Can be divided into. The method of launching a game ball so that the game ball flows down in the left game area 3A is called left-handed, and the method of launching the game ball so that the game ball flows down in the right game area 3B is called right-handed. .. In this pachinko gaming machine 1, when starting a game, a left-handed player aims to enter the first starting port 20. On the other hand, when a hit (big hit) occurs in the hit / fail judgment based on the entry into the first start opening 20, and the gaming state changes, the gate 28, the second start opening 21, the first big winning opening 30, and the first big winning opening 30 are hit right. And the ball will be aimed at entering the second big winning opening 35. Then, when a game ball enters the first starting opening, the second starting opening, the first major winning opening, the second major winning opening, and the general entry opening, the respective entry openings are predetermined. A number of game balls (also called "prize balls") are paid out.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, a main display 40 is arranged at the lower right of the game board 2. On the main display 40, the first special symbol display 41a (first special symbol display unit) for variable display and stop display of the first special symbol, and the second special symbol display for variable display and stop display of the second special symbol are displayed. A device 41b (second special symbol display unit) and a normal symbol display 42 (ordinary symbol display unit) for variable display and stop display of normal symbols are included. Further, the main display 40 has a first special symbol hold display 43a for displaying the number of stored numbers of the first special symbol hold determination information (first special symbol hold), and a second special symbol hold check information (first). Includes a second special figure hold indicator 43b that displays the number of stored items of 2 special figure hold), and a normal figure hold indicator 44 that displays the number of stored operation hold (normal figure hold) of the normal symbol display 42. ing.

Further, the main display 40 has a hit indicator 48 indicating that the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment or the second special symbol hit / miss judgment is a hit (big hit or small hit), the first special symbol hit / fail judgment or the first. 2 A round display 45 indicating the number of rounds of the winning game to be executed when the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a hit, a game status display 46 indicating that the fluctuation time shortening function (time saving function) is activated, and , The launch direction indicator 47 indicating the launch direction of the game ball, that is, whether the state should be hit to the right or the state to be hit to the left is included. Various indicators included in these main indicators 40 are displayed and controlled by a main control unit described later.

Here, the round display 45 is composed of two LEDs for 5R and 10R. Then, when the special figure 1 big hit symbol A, the special figure 1 big hit symbol B, or the special figure 1 big hit symbol C is stopped and displayed as the big hit symbol, the 5R lamp is lit and displayed, and "5R ▲ 10R △" (for example, ▲: Lights up, △: Turns off). Further, as the jackpot symbol, when the special figure 2 jackpot symbol A is stopped and displayed, the 10R lamp is lit and displayed. These lamps are lit and displayed at the timing when the corresponding jackpot symbol is fixedly stopped and displayed. In addition, when a big hit is made based on passing through a specific area via a small hit, the number of rounds obtained by adding 1 to the number of rounds of the big hit game executed after passing the specific area is shown. Turn on the lamp. Specifically, when the special figure 2 small hit symbol A or the special figure 2 small hit symbol B is stopped and displayed as the small hit symbol, and the game ball passes through a specific area in the second large winning opening opened by the small hit game. A lamp for 10R, which is obtained by adding one round for a small hit to nine rounds, is lit and displayed. Specifically, the display mode is as shown in "5R △ 10R ▲". Further, when the special figure 2 small hit symbol C or the special figure 2 small hit symbol D is stopped and displayed as the small hit symbol and the game ball passes through a specific area in the second large winning opening opened by the small hit game. The 5R lamp, which is obtained by adding one round for a small hit to the four rounds, is lit and displayed.

The variable display of the first special symbol is performed (based on) when the game ball enters the first starting port 20. The variable display of the second special symbol is performed when the game ball enters the second starting port 21. In the following description, the first special symbol and the second special symbol may be collectively referred to as a special symbol. Further, the first special symbol display 41a and the second special symbol display 41b may be collectively referred to as a special symbol display unit 41. Further, the first special figure hold display 43a and the second special figure hold display 43b may be collectively referred to as a special figure hold display unit 43.

In the special symbol display unit 41, the special symbol (identification information) is displayed in a variable manner for a predetermined time, then stopped and displayed, and the ball enters the first starting port 20 or the second starting port 21 by the stopped displayed special symbol (stop symbol). The result of the lottery (judgment, special symbol winning / failing judgment, big hit lottery, small hit lottery, etc.) based on the above is notified. The special symbol that is stopped and displayed is one special symbol selected from a plurality of types of special symbols by the judgment of whether or not the special symbol is correct. When the stop symbol is a predetermined special symbol (specific identification information) (that is, when it is a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol), it is opened according to the type (hit type) of the stop-displayed specific special symbol. In the pattern, a special game (big hit game or small hit game) in which the first big winning opening 30 or the second big winning opening 35 is opened is performed.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the first special symbol display 41a is composed of eight LEDs indicated by "i to p", and a plurality of display modes (a plurality of display modes by combining lighting and extinguishing of each LED) ( Up to 256 ways) can be displayed. Similarly, the second special symbol display 41b is also composed of eight LEDs indicated by "a to h", and can display a plurality of display modes (up to 256 ways) by combining lighting and extinguishing of each LED. It has become. Then, the first special symbol display 41a displays a special symbol (first special symbol) according to the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment, and the second special symbol display 41b displays the result of the second special symbol hit / fail judgment. The corresponding special symbol (second special symbol) is displayed. Before the special symbol is stopped and displayed, the fluctuation display of the special symbol is performed over a predetermined fluctuation time. In the mode of the variation display, for example, light repeatedly flows from left to right in a predetermined order. Each LED can be turned on as described above.

In the first embodiment, three types of "special figures 1 big hits A to C" are provided as the types of big hits when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit (FIGS. 6A to 6C). ). As a result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination, no small hit is provided. Then, these big hits are displayed in an identifiable manner according to the display mode of the first special symbol display 41a. For example, when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, if the type is "special figure 1 big hit A", the three LEDs of "ijn" are turned on and the rest are turned off, and "special figure 1 big hit". If it is "1 jackpot B", the four LEDs of "jnkl" are turned on and the rest are turned off. In addition, each of the other special figure 1 jackpots has a different display mode from the other jackpots. Further, when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is out of order, the two LEDs of "lo" are turned on and the rest are turned off. Even if the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is "Special Figure 1 Big Hit A", it shifts after the big hit game depending on the game state at that time (normal state, first time reduction state, second time reduction state). The game state to be played is set to be different.

In addition, one type of "special figure 2 big hit A" is provided as the type of big hit when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing judgment is a big hit (see FIGS. 6A to 6C), and the small hit and the small hit. There are four types of small hits, "Special Figure 2 Small Hits A to D" (see FIGS. 6 (A) to 6 (C)), and these big hits or small hits are referred to as described above. Similar to the first special symbol display 41a, the display mode is identifiable depending on the display mode (combination of lighting and extinguishing of each LED) of the second special symbol display 41b. In addition, the display mode of the special symbol display unit 41 corresponding to each hit (large hit and small hit) is one display for a plurality of hit types (including a mode in which only the operating state of the time saving function and the opening extension function is different). It is possible to use one display mode for one hit, one display mode for one hit, or multiple display modes for one hit, and one or more display modes can be used for deviations as well. It is possible. When there are a plurality of display modes, for example, the display mode may be selected by a random number lottery or the like, and the display control of the special symbol display unit 41 may be performed based on the selected display mode.

In the first embodiment, when the display mode of the stop-displayed special symbol (stop symbol) is a big hit (first specific mode) or a small hit (second specific mode), the game depends on the type of the big hit or the small hit. The contents of the profit given to the person are different. Details on this point will be described later.

In the pachinko gaming machine 1, when a game ball enters the first starting port 20 or the second starting port 21, various information such as a random number for determining whether or not a special symbol is correct (“acquired information”” is obtained based on the entry. (Also referred to as) is acquired, and the acquired various information is temporarily stored in the special figure holding storage unit (not shown) formed in the RAM of the main control unit. Specifically, if the ball enters the first starting port 20, it is stored in the first special figure holding storage unit (not shown) as the first special figure holding, and if it enters the second starting port 21, the ball enters the second starting port 21. It is stored in the second special figure holding storage unit (not shown) as the second special figure holding. An upper limit is set for the number of special figure reservations that can be stored in each special figure reservation storage unit, and the upper limit values in the first embodiment are "4" for the first special figure reservation storage unit and the second special figure. The hold storage unit is "4". The first special figure holding storage unit and the second special figure holding storage unit are also referred to as "first acquired information storage means" and "second acquired information storage means", respectively, and are also generally referred to as "acquired information storage means". The number of special figure holds (upper limit value) that can be stored in each special figure hold storage unit can be arbitrarily set at the stage of game machine design in consideration of game playability, specifications, etc., and the first special figure hold The upper limit value may be the same for the storage unit and the second special figure reservation storage unit, or the upper limit value of the first special figure reservation storage unit may be larger than the upper limit value of the second special figure reservation storage unit. It is possible to make the upper limit value of the hold storage unit larger than the upper limit value of the first special figure hold storage unit.

The special figure hold stored in the special figure hold storage unit is digested when the variable display of the special symbol based on the special figure hold becomes possible. The digestion of the special symbol hold means to determine a random number for determining whether the special symbol is correct or not corresponding to the special symbol hold, and to execute a variable display of the special symbol to show the determination result. Therefore, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, when the variation display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20 or the second starting opening 21 cannot be immediately executed at the time of the entry, that is, the variation of the special symbol. Even when the display is being executed or the special game is being executed, it is possible to reserve the right to determine whether or not the special symbol is correct for the incoming ball, up to a predetermined number.

The number of special figure hold stored in the special figure hold storage unit is displayed on the first special figure hold indicator 43a and the second special figure hold indicator 43b. Specifically, the first special figure holding display 43a is composed of two LEDs of "uv", and the first special drawing is controlled by displaying and controlling the LEDs according to the number of the first special drawing holding. It displays the number of holds. For example, when the number of holds is "0", both LEDs are turned off, such as "u □ v □" (for example, □: off, ●: red, ▲: green), and the number of holds. When is "1", the display mode is such that the "u" LED is turned off and the "v" LED is turned on in red, such as "u □ v ●". The display mode is such that the "u" LED is turned on in red and the "v" LED is turned off, such as "v □", and when the number of holds is 3, both LEDs are turned red, such as "u ● v ●". When the number of holds is "4" (upper limit number), both LEDs can be turned on in green, such as "u ▲ v ▲", to be turned on.

Further, the second special figure hold indicator 43b is composed of two LEDs of "wx", and by controlling the display according to the number of the second special figure hold, the second special figure hold is held. It displays a number. For example, when the number of holds is "0", both LEDs are turned off, such as "w □ x □" (for example, □: off, ●: turn on red), and when the number of holds is "1". The display mode is such that the "w" LED is turned off and the "x" LED is turned on in red, such as "w □ x ●". The display mode is such that the LED of "w" is turned on in red and the LED of "x" is turned off. When the number is "4" (upper limit number), both LEDs can be turned on in green as in "w ▲ x ▲" to form a display mode.

The variable display of the normal symbol is performed (based on) when the game ball passes through the gate 28. In the normal symbol display 42, after displaying the normal symbol variable for a predetermined time, the normal symbol is stopped and displayed, and the result of the normal symbol hit / fail determination based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 is determined by the stopped display normal symbol (stop symbol). Notify. The normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is one normal symbol selected from a plurality of types of normal symbols by the judgment of whether or not the normal symbol is correct. When the stop-displayed normal symbol is a predetermined specific normal symbol (hit normal symbol), an auxiliary game is performed in which the second starting port 21 is opened in an opening pattern according to the current gaming state. The opening pattern of the second starting port 21 will be described later.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the normal symbol display 42 is composed of two LEDs of "st", and displays a normal symbol according to the result of the normal symbol hit / miss judgment depending on the lighting mode thereof. Is. For example, when the determination result is a hit, the normal symbol is stopped and displayed when both LEDs are lit, such as "s ■ t ■" (for example, ■: lit, □: turned off). If the determination result is out of order, an out-of-order normal symbol in which only the LED of "t" is lit, such as "s □ t ■", is displayed. It should be noted that the off-normal symbol is not a specific ordinary symbol. Before the normal symbol is stopped and displayed, the fluctuation display of the normal symbol is executed for a predetermined fluctuation time, and the mode of the fluctuation display is, for example, a mode in which both LEDs are alternately turned on and off. be.

In the pachinko gaming machine 1, when a game ball passes through the gate 28, various information (also referred to as “acquired information”) such as a random number for determining whether or not a normal symbol is correct is acquired based on the passage, and various acquired information is acquired. Is temporarily stored as a normal figure hold in the normal figure hold storage unit (not shown) formed in the RAM of the main control unit. An upper limit is set for the number of normal figure reservations that can be stored in the normal figure hold storage unit, and the upper limit value in the first embodiment is four. The normal figure hold stored in the normal figure hold storage unit is digested when the variable display of the normal symbol based on the normal figure hold becomes possible. The digestion of the normal symbol hold means to determine a random number for determining whether the normal symbol is correct or not corresponding to the normal symbol hold, and to execute a variable display of the normal symbol to show the determination result. Therefore, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, when the variation display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 cannot be executed immediately at the time of passage, that is, during the execution of the variation display of the normal symbol or the execution of the auxiliary game. Even in a certain case, it is possible to reserve the right to judge whether or not a normal symbol is correct for the passage of a predetermined number up to a predetermined number.

The number of the normal figure hold stored in the normal figure hold storage unit is displayed on the normal figure hold display 44. Specifically, the normal figure hold display 44 is composed of two LEDs of "qr", and displays the number of normal figure hold by turning on the LEDs according to the number of normal figure hold. be. For example, when the number of holds is 0, the display mode is such that both LEDs are turned off, such as "q □ r □" (for example, □: off, ●: red on, ▲: green on), and the number of holds is 1. In the case of, the display mode can be such that the LED of "q" is turned off and the LED of "r" is turned on in red, such as "q □ r ●". Further, the number of hold numbers 2 to 4 is also defined in the same manner as in the first special figure hold indicator 43a.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 5. The pachinko gaming machine 1 of the first embodiment is a main control board 80 (also referred to as a “main control unit”, which controls game progress and game profits, such as a special symbol winning / failing determination, a normal symbol winning / failing determination, and a transition of a game state. (Also referred to as "game control unit"), sub-control board 90 (also referred to as "sub-control unit" and also referred to as "effect control unit") that controls the effect to be executed as the game progresses, and control related to the payout of the game ball. The payout control board 110 (also referred to as “payout control unit”) to be performed, the effect symbol 8 displayed on the image display device 7, the pattern displayed on the effect display 102, the effect 1 special figure hold display 103a, and the effect No. 1 2. It is provided with an image control board 100 (image control unit) or the like that controls the display of the special figure holding display 103b or the like.

Further, as shown in FIG. 2, a main control board storage case for storing the main control board 80 is provided in a substantially central portion on the rear surface side (back surface side) of the pachinko gaming machine 1, and above the main control board case. Is provided with a storage case for an image control board or the like that houses the voice control board 106, the lamp control board 107, and the image control board 100, and the sub control board that houses the sub control board 90 is stored on the storage case for the image control board or the like. A case is provided. Further, a payout control board case for accommodating the payout control board is provided on the lower left side of the main control board case, and a power supply board case for accommodating the power supply board 109 is provided on the right side thereof.

A game control one-chip microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as “game control microcomputer”) 81 that controls the progress of the game of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to a program is mounted on the main control board 80. The game control microcomputer 81 includes a ROM that stores a program for controlling the progress of the game, a RAM that is used as a work memory, and a CPU that executes a program stored in the ROM. The game control microcomputer 81 transmits / receives data (information) to / from another board or the like via the input / output circuit 87 (I / O port unit). The input / output circuit 87 may be built in the game control microcomputer 81. Further, the ROM may be externally attached. In the RAM of the game control microcomputer 81, the above-mentioned special figure holding storage unit (first special figure holding storage unit and second special figure holding storage unit), the normal drawing holding storage unit, and a decrease in power supply voltage (power) are detected. Backup area 161 (“main control”) that stores and holds information indicating the game status (also referred to as “game status information” or “game information”) at that time (when power failure is detected) when the power is cut off. It is also provided with a "backup area" and "memory retention means"). In the backup area 161, among the information stored in the RAM (game information storage means) of the main control unit 80, the game state information (game information) to be backed up, which is predetermined, is supplied after the power supply is stopped. Is also a backup area for retaining memory for a predetermined period. Then, when the power supply is restarted, it is possible to restore (restore) a predetermined gaming state when a decrease in the power supply voltage is detected based on the gaming state information stored and held in the backup area 161. .. These processes are also referred to as "game status information recovery means".

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the pachinko gaming machine of the first embodiment has driving power for the main control board 80, the payout control board 110, other control boards (sub control board 90, image control board 100), and the like. The power supply board 109 for supplying the above is provided. The power supply board 109 is provided with a power supply unit 83 for supplying (power supply) driving power to each control board and the like, and a voltage drop monitoring circuit 84 for monitoring a decrease in the power supply voltage supplied to the power supply board. ing. Further, on the power supply board 109, as a switch for performing a predetermined input operation by a game store clerk or the like, a predetermined operation (turned on by pressing the left side portion and turned off by pressing the right side portion) is performed. A power switch 88 capable of starting or stopping the supply of the power supply voltage, a backup area provided in the RAM of the main control unit 80 by performing a predetermined input operation, and a backup provided in the RAM of the payout control unit 110. It is provided with a RAM clear switch 83 (game information erasing means) for erasing and initializing the stored contents of the area. This power supply board 109 is also referred to as a "power supply means". Further, the power supply board 109 may be composed of one board or a plurality of boards. This also applies to the main control board 80, the payout control board 110, the sub control board 90, and other control boards.

When only the power switch 88 is turned on while the power is not supplied to the pachinko gaming machine 1 (power OFF state), the power voltage is supplied to the power supply board 109 and the power supply board 109 is supplied to various control boards. The required drive power is supplied. When the game state information when the power is turned off (when the power is low) is normally stored (retained) in the backup area, the game when the power is turned off (when the power is low) is based on the game state information. After recovering the state, the state is set to be playable (the game is started) (this is also called "game state information recovery means"). On the other hand, when the power switch 88 is turned on while the RAM clear switch 83 is pressed for a predetermined period when the power switch 88 is turned on, the input information (RAM clear signal) of the RAM clear switch is mainly controlled from the power supply board 109. If there is game state information input to the unit 80 and the payout control unit 110 and stored in the backup area (main control unit 80 and payout control unit 110), the stored game state information is deleted and initialized. Then, the game is ready to be played (starting the game) (this is also called "game state information initialization means"). This makes it possible to initialize the pachinko gaming machine 1 to the initial state.

When erasing the stored (backed up) game status information by operating the RAM clear switch, the game status information excluding specific game status information from the stored game status information (erasure target game status information). It may be the one that erases only. The game state information that is not erased even by this RAM clear (initialization) operation is called "specific game state information". "Specific game status information" is, for example, a base value (first base value, second base value), which can be used to check the operating status of a gaming machine or by a third party (police, inspection agency, etc.). This is the game information used when inspecting. In addition, other game status information (for example, unpaid prize ball information, status information (probability change / time reduction / big hit), game mode information (directing mode information), error information, big hit game end (previous big hit game) The number of changes in the special symbol, the number of changes in the special symbol from the initial state, etc.) are subject to erasure by the RAM clear (initialization) operation.

Further, the voltage drop monitoring circuit 84 monitors the voltage value of a predetermined voltage (for example, DC24V, DC12V, DC5V, etc.) used in the pachinko gaming machine 1, and the monitored voltage value drops to a predetermined predetermined value. Then (when a decrease in the power supply voltage is detected), a "power supply cutoff signal" indicating that effect is output to the CPU of the main control unit 80, the CPU of the payout control unit 110, and the like (see FIG. 6). .. Further, the CPU of the main control board 80 and the CPU of the payout control board 110 that have received the power cutoff signal transmitted from the power supply board 109 store and hold the game state information stored in the respective RAMs in the backup area, which will be described later. Power off monitoring process is performed. Here, in the RAM of the main control board 80 and the RAM of the payout control board 110, a storage area for storing game state information during a game is also referred to as a "game information storage means", and is backed up when a decrease in power supply voltage is detected. A backup area for storing target game status information is also referred to as a "memory holding means".

Further, a part or all of the RAM of the main control board 80 and the RAM of the payout control board 110 is used as a backup area, and is backed up by the backup power supply (backup voltage) of the power supply unit 82 of the power supply board 109. That is, even if the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped due to the occurrence of a power failure or the power off operation, the backup power supply cannot be supplied with power for a predetermined period (several days until the capacitor as the backup power supply is discharged and the backup power supply cannot be supplied). , The contents (game state information) of the backup target (memory retention target) stored in these RAMs are saved (memory retention). This game state information includes at least game state information (information indicating a probability state (low probability or high probability), information indicating a base state (low base or high base)), a special symbol from the end of a special game or an initial state. Counter information indicating the number of fluctuations of (first special symbol and second special symbol), that is, data according to the control state of the main control unit (special symbol status flag, normal symbol status flag, hold storage counter value, specific It includes counter values, probability variation flags, time saving flags, etc.) and data indicating the number of unpaid prize balls (unpaid prize ball information).

Then, these game state information are stored (stored) in the backup area (backup RAM) in which the power supply is maintained by the backup power supply. The "data according to the control state of the main control unit" means that the control state (game state) is changed to the power failure or the like when the power supply is restarted after the power failure or the like occurs. This is the data required to restore the control state (game state) at the time (before the power failure occurred). Further, although not shown, a backup area is provided in the RAM of the sub control unit 90 as in the main control unit 80, etc., and game state information stored in the RAM of the sub control unit 90 when a power failure or the like occurs (game state information). The number of held storages, look-ahead information, probability change flag, time saving flag, etc.) may be stored and retained, and the contents of the backup area of the RAM may be stored for a predetermined period even if the power supply to the gaming machine is stopped.

Various sensors and solenoids are connected to the main control board 80 via the relay board 88. Therefore, a signal is input to the main control board 80 from each sensor, and a signal is output to each solenoid from the main control board 80. Specifically, as the sensors, the first start port sensor 20a, the second start port sensor 21a, the gate sensor 28a, the first big winning opening sensor 30a, the second big winning opening sensor 35a, the specific area sensor 39a, and the general. The entry sensor 27a is connected. These various sensors are also referred to as "detection means".

The first start port sensor 20a is provided in the first start port 20 and detects a game ball that has entered the first start port 20. The second starting port sensor 21a is provided in the second starting port 21 and detects a game ball that has entered the second starting port 21. The gate sensor 28a is provided in the gate 28 and detects a game ball that has passed through the gate 28. The first large winning opening sensor 30a is provided in the first large winning opening 30 and detects a game ball that has entered the first large winning opening 30. The second large winning opening sensor 35a is provided in the second large winning opening 35 and detects a game ball that has entered the second large winning opening 35. The specific area sensor 39a is provided in the specific area 39 in the second large winning opening 35, and detects a game ball that has passed through the specific area 39. The general entry port sensor 27a is provided in each general entry port 27 and detects a game ball that has entered the general entry port 27.

Further, in addition to these sensors, a non-specific area sensor is provided which is provided in the second large winning opening 35 and detects that the game ball that has entered the second large winning opening 35 does not pass through the specific area 39. You may. As a result, it is detected that the game ball that has entered the second big winning opening has passed through either the specific area sensor or the non-specific area sensor, and the game ball stays in the second big winning opening (ball). When a clogging or fraud occurs, it is possible to promptly resolve the situation by notifying the error.

Further, as the solenoids, the second starting port solenoid 24, the first winning opening solenoid 33, and the second winning opening solenoid 38 are connected. The second starting port solenoid 24 is for driving the movable member 23 of the variable winning device 22. The first prize-winning opening solenoid 33 is for driving the opening / closing member 32 of the first prize-winning device 31. The second prize-winning opening solenoid 38 is for driving the opening / closing member 37 of the second prize-winning device 36.

Further, on the main control board 80, a first special symbol display 41a, a second special symbol display 41b, a normal symbol display 42, a first special symbol hold display 43a, a second special symbol hold display 43b, and the like are commonly used. Figure Hold indicator 44, round indicator 45, game status indicator 46, launch direction indicator 47 and hit indicator 48 are connected. That is, the display control of these main indicators 40 is performed by the game control microcomputer 81.

Further, the main control board 80 transmits various commands to the payout control board 110, and also receives a signal from the payout control board 110 for payout monitoring. The payout control board 110 has a payout device 120 for paying out prize balls and rental balls, and a card unit 135 (installed adjacent to the pachinko gaming machine 1 and stored in a prepaid card (game value storage medium) inserted therein). (A device that enables ball lending based on the information provided) is connected, and the launch device 112 is connected via a launch control board 111 (also referred to as a “launch control unit”). The launcher 112 includes a launch handle 60 (see FIG. 1).

The payout control board 110 is mounted with a payout control one-chip microcomputer 116 (also referred to as a “payout control microcomputer”) that controls payout of game balls of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to a program. The payout control microcomputer 116 includes a ROM that stores a program for controlling payout of game balls, a RAM that is used as a work memory, and a CPU that executes a program stored in the ROM. The payout control microcomputer 116 uses the payout motor 121 of the payout device 120 based on the signal from the game control microcomputer 81 and the signal from the card unit 135 connected to the pachinko gaming machine 1 via the input / output circuit 117. Drive to pay out prize balls and pay out rental balls. The game balls to be paid out are detected by the payout sensors 122 and 123 for the counting. When the player operates the handle 60 of the launcher 112 (see FIG. 1), the touch switch 114 detects the player's contact with the launch handle 60, and the launch volume 115 is the launch handle 60. Detects the amount of rotation. Then, the launch motor 113 is driven and controlled so that the game ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the magnitude of the detection signal of the launch volume 115.

Further, the main control board 80 transmits various commands to the sub control board 90. The connection between the main control board 80 and the sub control board 90 is a unidirectional communication connection capable of only transmitting a signal from the main control board 80 to the sub control board 90. That is, a unidirectional circuit (for example, a circuit using a diode) (not shown) as a communication direction regulating means is interposed between the main control board 80 and the sub control board 90.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the sub-control board 90 is mounted with an effect control one-chip microcomputer 91 (“effect control microcomputer”) that controls the effect of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to a program. The effect control microcomputer 91 includes a ROM that stores a program for controlling the effect as the game progresses, a RAM that is used as a work memory, and a CPU that executes a program stored in the ROM. .. The effect control microcomputer 91 transmits / receives data to / from another board or the like via the input / output circuit 95. The input / output circuit 95 may be built in the effect control microcomputer 91. Further, the ROM may be externally attached.

An image control board 100, a voice control board 106, and a lamp control board 107 are connected to the sub control board 90. The effect control microcomputer 91 of the sub control board 90 displays an image on the CPU of the image control one-chip microcomputer 101 (“image control microcomputer”) of the image control board 100 based on the command received from the main control board 80. The display control of the apparatus 7, the effect display 102, the effect 1 special figure hold display 103a, and the effect 2 hold display 103b is performed. The RAM of the image control board 100 is a memory for expanding image data. The ROM of the image control board 100 contains still image data and moving image data displayed on the image display device 7, specifically, characters, items, figures, characters, numbers, symbols, etc. (including effect symbols, hold symbols, etc.). And image data such as background images are stored. The CPU of the image control board 100 reads image data from the ROM based on a command from the effect control microcomputer 91. Then, display control is executed based on the read image data.

The effect display 102 is composed of two LEDs, performs variable display and stop display in accordance with the variable display and stop display of the effect symbol 8, and is produced by turning on / off the two LEDs or by combining colors. Stop display is performed in a display mode showing the display result of the symbol 8 (result of the special symbol winning / failing determination). Further, the effect 1 special figure hold display 103a and the effect 2 hold display 103b are also composed of two LEDs. Then, depending on whether the two LEDs are turned on / off or a combination of colors, the effect 1st special figure hold indicator 103a is displayed on the hold number displayed in the 1st effect hold display area 9c and the first special figure hold indicator 43a. The display is controlled in a display mode indicating the same number of holds as the number of holds to be displayed. Further, the effect second special figure hold display 103b is displayed in a display mode showing the same number of holds as the number of holds displayed in the second effect hold display area 9d and the number of holds displayed by the second special figure hold display 43b. Be controlled. This may display the character symbol on substantially the entire display screen 7a (effect symbol display unit), or operate the movable decorative member 14 to cover the effect symbol display area 7b (effect symbol display unit) of the display screen 7a. By doing so, it is possible that a part or all of the effect symbol, the first effect hold display unit, or the second effect hold display unit cannot be visually recognized. Therefore, such a display is provided. A VDP (Video Display Processor) may be provided in place of or in addition to the image control one-chip microcomputer 101 of the image control board 100.

Further, the effect control microcomputer 91 outputs voice, music, sound effects, etc. from the speaker 67 via the voice control board 106 based on the command received from the main control board 80. Acoustic data such as voice output from the speaker 67 is stored in the ROM of the sub-control board 90. A CPU may be mounted on the voice control board 106, and in that case, the CPU may be made to execute voice control. Further, in this case, the ROM may be mounted on the voice control board 106, or the acoustic data may be stored in the ROM. Further, the speaker 67 may be connected to the image control board 100, and the CPU of the image control board 100 may execute voice control. Further, in this case, the acoustic data may be stored in the ROM of the image control board 100.

Further, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines the light emission pattern data (lighting / extinguishing, light emitting color, etc.) of the lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5 based on the command received from the main control board 80. , Also referred to as lamp data) is determined from the data stored in the ROM, and lighting control of lamps (LEDs) such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5 is performed via the lamp control board 107.

Further, the effect control microcomputer 91 is movablely decorated by driving an electric drive source such as a motor or a solenoid connected to the lamp control board 107 via the relay board 108 based on the command received from the main control board 80. The member 14 is operated. As described above, the movable decorative member 14 is a movable so-called gimmick provided in the center decorative body 10 (behind the decorative member 13). The effect control microcomputer 91 determines operation pattern data (also referred to as “driving data”) for operating the movable decorative member 14 in a predetermined operation mode from the data stored in the ROM of the sub control board 90. The operation of the movable decorative member 14 is controlled based on the determined operation pattern data. A CPU may be mounted on the lamp control board 107, and in that case, the CPU may be made to execute lamp lighting control or operation control of the movable decorative member 14. Further, in this case, the ROM may be mounted on the lamp control board 107, and the data related to the light emission pattern and the operation pattern may be stored in the ROM.

Further, the sub-control board 90 has a first effect button detection switch 63c and a first effect button detection switch 63c for detecting that the first effect button 63a or the second effect button 63b (see FIG. 1) has been operated (pushed, rotated, pulled, etc.). 2 The effect button detection switch 63d is connected. Therefore, when the player performs a predetermined input operation on the first effect button 63a or the second effect button 63b, a signal is output from the corresponding effect button detection switch to the sub control board 90. The first effect button 63a and the second effect button 63b are collectively referred to as "effect button", and the first effect button detection switch 63c and the second effect button detection switch 63d are collectively referred to as "effect button detection switch". Also called.

Next, the control related to the hit / fail determination in the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the first embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, there are "big hit (first result, first specific result)", "small hit (second result, second specific result)", and "missing" as the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination. At the time of "big hit", the "big hit symbol" (first specific identification information) is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display unit 41. Further, in the case of "small hit", the "small hit symbol" (second specific identification information) is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display unit 41. Further, in the case of "off", the "off symbol" is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display unit 41. When it is determined to be a big hit or a small hit, a "special game" is executed in which the first big winning opening 30 or the second big winning opening 35 is opened in the opening pattern according to the type of the special symbol displayed as stopped. .. A special game executed as a big hit is called a "big hit game", and a special game executed as a small hit is called a "small hit game (secondary game)".

There are a plurality of types in the case of the first embodiment. As shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C, there are "special figure 1 big hits A to C" as the hit type of the first special symbol (special figure 1), and the hit of the second special symbol (special figure 2). There are "special figure 2 big hit A" and "special figure 2 small hit A to D" as types, and stop symbols (big hit symbol, small hit symbol) corresponding to each type of hit are provided. In the special figure 1 big hit, the first big winning opening 30 is opened, and in the special figure 2 big hit and the special figure 2 small hit, the second big winning opening 35 is opened. Therefore, the first big winning opening 30 provided in the lower area (downstream side) of the game area is dedicated when a big hit is made in the first special symbol winning / failing determination (dedicated to the first special symbol, dedicated to the first identification information). It is said to be a big winning opening that drives as. Further, the second big winning opening 35 provided in the upper area (upstream side) of the game area from the first big winning opening 30 is dedicated when a big hit or a small hit is made in the second special symbol winning / failing determination (first). It is said to be a big prize opening driven as 2 special symbols only, 2nd identification information only). In addition, instead of such an aspect, the first big winning opening is dedicated to the big hit driven to the case where the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit and the second special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit. The second big prize opening is dedicated to the small hit (small hit) driven to when the second special symbol win / fail judgment is a small hit, and when the big hit is made after passing through a specific area. It may be used as a big prize opening for V only).

As shown in FIG. 6, the gaming state has a normal state (low base state), a first time saving state (high base state), and a second time saving state (high base state). The game state set after the big hit game may differ (may be the same) depending on whether or not the game state is a big hit. Here, the difference between the first time saving state and the second time saving state will be described. The first time saving state is provided with a time saving function (opening extension function) a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times). Then, even if the number of times of variation display of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number of times after the first time saving state is set (for example, the 15th rotation), the time saving function (opening extension function) is based on the occurrence of a small hit. Is in a state of ending.

That is, in the first time saving state, after the first time saving state is set, the number of times of variation display of the special symbol is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times) (during this time, there is no big hit or small hit). In addition, regardless of whether the number of times of variable display of the special symbol is a small hit before being executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times), the time saving function (opening) is performed before the start of the small hit game. Extension function) is terminated. Therefore, in the case of a small hit in the first time saving state, the small hit game aiming at the passage of the game ball to the specific area is executed in the low base state (normal state). In the small hit game executed in this low base state (normal state), when the game ball passes through a specific area, it becomes a big hit and the big hit game is executed. Then, after the jackpot game is completed, a predetermined game state is set in advance.

Further, in the second time saving state, a time saving function (opening extension function) of a predetermined number of times (for example, 90 times) is provided. Then, even if a small hit occurs after the second time saving state is set and before the number of times of variation display of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number (for example, the 15th rotation), the time saving function (opening extension function) does not end. It is said to be in a state. That is, the second time saving state is when the number of times of variation display of the special symbol is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 90 times) after the second time saving state is set (during this period, there is no big hit or small hit). , End the time saving function (opening extension function). Therefore, when a small hit occurs in the second time saving state, the small hit game aiming at the passage of the game ball to the specific area is executed in the high base state (second time saving state, time saving state). In the small hit game executed in this high base state (second time saving state, time saving state), when the game ball passes through a specific area, it becomes a big hit and the big hit game is executed. Then, after the jackpot game is completed, a predetermined game state is set in advance.

As described above, the first time saving state is a gaming state in which the time saving state is terminated by a small hit, and the second time saving state is a gaming state in which the time saving state is not terminated by a small hit. As a result, the first time saving state and the second time saving state are both time saving states, but the small hit game is executed in the low base state (first time saving state) and in the high base state. It is different from the state (second time saving state). Further, in the first time saving state, when the game becomes a small hit game and the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, it is determined that the big hit is a big hit generated in the low base state. Further, in the second time saving state, when the game becomes a small hit game and the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, it is determined that the big hit is a big hit generated in the high base state.

In this way, the first time saving state and the second time saving state are different from each other in the timing of ending the time saving state, so that the gaming state at the timing of passing through the specific area and becoming a big hit is different. A different game state (first time saving state or second time saving state) is set after the big hit game is completed. Specifically, in the flow in which the small hit game is executed as a small hit in the first time saving state, the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, and the big hit game is executed, the small hit is executed in the first time saving state. Triggered to end the time saving state. On the other hand, in the flow in which the small hit game is executed as a small hit in the second time saving state, the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, and the big hit game is executed, the small hit is triggered in the second time saving state. Instead of doing so, the time saving state is terminated with the big hit as an opportunity.

In the first time saving state, even if a small hit occurs before the number of times of variation display of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number after the first time saving state is set, the time saving state is triggered by the small hit at that time. In the subsequent small hit game, the game ball could not be passed to a specific area (the game ball was not fired, or it was fired but could not pass through the specific area). In this case, the big hit game is not executed after the small hit game is completed, and the game is played in the normal state (low base state).

On the other hand, in the second time saving state, even if a small hit occurs before the number of times of variation display of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number after the second time saving state is set, the time saving state is triggered by the small hit at that time. In the subsequent small hit game, the game ball could not be passed to a specific area (the game ball was not fired, or it was fired but could not pass through the specific area). Even in this case, the big hit game is not executed after the small hit game is completed, but the game is performed while the game state is the second time saving state (high base state). From this point, it can be said that the second time saving state (third gaming state) is a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first time saving state (second gaming state). Further, since the time saving function (opening extension function) is activated in the first time saving state (second gaming state), it can be said that the gaming state is more advantageous for the player than the normal state (first gaming state).

As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine of the present embodiment, different timings are set as the timings for ending the time reduction states even if the time reduction states are the same. By having such a plurality of time saving states, a game ball enters a large winning opening opened with a small hit, and the game ball passes through a specific area (“big hit via small hit” or “big hit via small hit”. In the big hit generated in the small hit V "), the gaming state at the time of the big hit is different depending on the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state). Further, as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C, even if the hit type is the same, it is set after the big hit game is completed depending on the game state when the big hit (big hit by the small hit V) occurs. The game state may be different.

Specifically, as described above, in the pachinko gaming machine of the first embodiment, in the normal state (low base state), the gaming ball is inserted into the first starting port 20 by a left-handed strike to proceed with the game. Therefore, the game is mainly based on the execution of the first special symbol winning / failing determination. As shown in FIG. 6A, when the first special symbol hit / miss determination is executed in the normal state (low base state) and the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 1 jackpot A, the first big hit. Perform a 5-round jackpot game that opens the winning opening (makes it possible to enter the ball). Further, when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, the probability that the big hit becomes the special figure 1 big hit A is set to 15%. Then, after the big hit game related to the special figure 1 big hit A is completed, the time saving state is set to the first time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set.

Further, in the normal state, when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is the special figure 1 big hit B, the big hit game of 5 rounds in which the first big winning opening is opened is executed. When the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, the probability that the big hit becomes the special figure 1 big hit B is 35%. Then, after the jackpot game related to the special figure 1 jackpot B is completed, the time reduction state is set to the first time reduction state in which the time reduction number of 50 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set. Further, in the normal state, when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is the special figure 1 big hit C, the big hit game of 5 rounds in which the first big winning opening is opened is executed. When the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, the probability that the big hit becomes the special figure 1 big hit B is 50%. Then, after the jackpot game related to the special figure 1 jackpot B is completed, the time reduction state is set to the first time reduction state in which the number of time reductions of 5 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set.

In each of the jackpot games executed when the special figure 1 jackpot A to the special figure 1 jackpot C are obtained, the number of times the first big winning opening 30 is opened and the opening time is "1 time" and "1 time" per round. It is set to a big hit of "25 seconds". Therefore, as long as the launch operation is performed according to the launch navigation executed by the gaming machine (for example, "Please hit right !!"), the gaming ball can easily enter the first prize-winning opening 30. Therefore, in a big hit game, it is possible to receive a payout of about 500 game balls (gain a game profit). Further, in the present embodiment, when the first special symbol winning / failing determination is executed in the normal state and a big hit is obtained, the second time saving state is not set to be more advantageous after the big hit game is completed, and all of them are in the first time saving state. Is set to. As will be described in detail later, when a specific big hit occurs in the first time saving state, the gaming state after the big hit game ends is set to the second time saving state which is advantageous to the player.

Further, although it is not a determination executed as the main body in the normal state, if the player mistakenly or intentionally hits the right, the second special symbol hit / fail determination may be executed even in the normal state. In the normal state (non-time saving state), the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is set longer than that in the time saving state (see FIG. 8 (F)), and the hit probability of the normal symbol hit / fail judgment is also set lower than in the time saving state. (See FIG. 8 (E)). Therefore, under the normal state, the frequency with which the second special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed per unit time is very low as compared with the first special symbol hit / miss judgment, even if the player strikes right. It is not possible to play games efficiently.

In the normal state, when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is the special figure 2 big hit A, the big hit game of 10 rounds in which the second big winning opening is opened is executed. When the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, the probability that the big hit becomes the special figure 2 big hit A is 100% (that is, the type of the big hit is set to one type). Then, after the jackpot game related to the special figure 2 jackpot A is completed, the second time reduction state is set in which the time reduction number of 500 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set. The second time saving state in which the time saving number of 500 times is set is regarded as the most advantageous gaming state for the player.

Further, in the normal state, when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination is the special figure 2 small hit A and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, the second big winning opening is opened for 10 rounds of big hit. Play the game. When the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit, the probability that the small hit becomes the special figure 2 small hit A is 25%. Then, after the big hit game related to the big hit that has passed through the specific area as the special figure 2 small hit A, the time reduction number of 90 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set to the first time reduction state. Will be done. Further, in the normal state, when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 2 small hit B and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, the second big winning opening is opened for 10 rounds of big hit. Play the game. When the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit, the probability that the small hit becomes the special figure 2 small hit B is 20%. Then, after the big hit game related to the big hit that has passed through the specific area as the special figure 2 small hit B is completed, the time reduction number of 50 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set to the first time reduction state. Will be done.

Further, in the normal state, when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit C and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, the second big winning opening is opened and the big hit is 5 rounds. Play the game. When the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit, the probability that the small hit becomes the special figure 2 small hit C is 20%. Then, after the big hit game related to the big hit that has passed through the specific area as the special figure 2 small hit C, the time reduction number of 90 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set to the first time reduction state. Will be done. Further, in the normal state, when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit D and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, the second big winning opening is opened for 5 rounds of big hit. Play the game. When the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit, the probability that the small hit becomes the special figure 2 small hit D is 35%. Then, after the big hit game related to the big hit that has passed through the specific area as the special figure 2 small hit D, the time reduction number of 50 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set to the first time reduction state. Will be done.

The big hit game executed when the special figure 2 big hit A is the number of times the second big winning opening 35 is opened and the opening time is "1 time" and "25 seconds" per round. It is set. Therefore, as long as the launch operation is performed according to the launch navigation executed by the gaming machine (for example, "Please hit right !!"), the gaming ball can easily enter the second prize opening 35. Therefore, in a big hit game, it is possible to receive a payout of about 1000 game balls (gain a game profit). Further, as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C, when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, all of them are set to the second time saving state after the big hit game is completed. Further, in the normal state (low base state), the gaming state after the end of the big hit game is most advantageous to the player only when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is the special figure 2 big hit A. It is set to the second time saving state. If a big hit is achieved in another aspect, the game state after the big hit game is completed is set to the first time saving state.

In the normal state, even if the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment becomes a small hit and passes through a specific area to make a big hit (small hit). Even in the case of V), all the gaming states at the timing of the big hit are the low base state (normal state).

Next, the execution mode of the game in the first time saving state will be described. As described above, in the first time saving state (high base state) and the second time saving state (high base state), the game ball is inserted into the second starting port 21 by right-handed striking to proceed with the game. Therefore, the game is mainly based on the execution of the second special symbol winning / failing determination. In the first time reduction state and the second time reduction state, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is set shorter than that in the normal state (see FIG. 8 (F)), and the hit probability of the normal symbol hit / fail judgment is also set higher than in the normal state. (See FIG. 8 (E)). As a result, in the first time-shortening state and the second time-saving state, the frequency of entering the second starting port by right-handed hitting is higher than the frequency of entering the first starting opening by left-handed hitting, and the second special The fluctuation time of the symbol is also set short. Therefore, the frequency of the special symbol winning / failing determination executed per unit time is higher in the second special symbol winning / failing determination than in the first special symbol winning / failing determination. Therefore, in the first time saving state (high base state) and the second time saving state (high base state), it is more advantageous for the player to execute the second special symbol hit / miss judgment by right-handed, and the game can be played efficiently. It can be carried out.

As described above, the first time-saving state and the second time-saving state are normally played by executing the second special symbol hit / fail determination by right-handed, but are related to the so-called first hit (big hit in the normal state). If the reserved information related to the first special symbol remains after the jackpot game is completed, the first special symbol winning / failing determination can be executed even in the first time saving state or the second time saving state. Further, even when the player accidentally or unintentionally hits the left side and the game ball enters the first starting port, the first special symbol hit / miss determination can be executed.

As shown in FIG. 6B, when the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed in the first time saving state (high base state) and the result of the first special symbol hit / miss judgment is the special figure 1 jackpot A, the special figure 1 is special. FIG. 1 After the jackpot game related to the jackpot A is completed, the second time reduction state is set in which the time reduction number of 90 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set. As shown in FIG. 6, the number of rounds of the big hit game and the distribution probability of the big hit type do not change even if the game state changes, so the description thereof will be omitted.

When the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed in the first time saving state (high base state) and the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 1 big hit B, after the big hit game related to the special figure 1 big hit B is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set. When the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed in the first time saving state (high base state) and the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 1 big hit C, after the big hit game related to the special figure 1 big hit C is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set.

As described above, the first time saving state is a gaming state in which the time saving state is terminated (becomes a normal state) even when the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit. When the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the timing of the big hit is a high base state (time saving state), so it is either special figure 1 big hit A to C. Even in such a case, after the jackpot game is completed, the second time reduction state is set, which is most advantageous for the player, in which the time reduction number of 90 times is set.

Further, in the first time saving state (high base state), when the second special symbol hit / fail determination is executed and the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination is the special figure 2 big hit A, the big hit game related to the special figure 2 big hit A. After the end, it is set to the second time reduction state in which the number of time reductions of 500 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set. When the result of the second special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the timing of the big hit is the high base state (time saving state), so when the special figure 2 big hit A is reached, the big hit After the end of the game, the second time reduction state is set, which is most advantageous for the player, in which the time reduction number of 500 times is set.

Further, in the first time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit A and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the first time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set. Further, in the first time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit B and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the first time reduction state in which the number of time reductions of 50 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set.

Further, in the first time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit C and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the first time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set. Further, in the first time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit D and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the first time reduction state in which the number of time reductions of 50 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set.

Since the first time saving state is a gaming state in which the time saving state ends (becomes a normal state) even when the result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment becomes a small hit, the result of the second special symbol winning / failing judgment is the special figure 2 small. In any case of hit A to special figure 2 small hit D, the game state shifts to the low base state at that timing, and the timing at which the game ball passes through the specific area in the subsequent small hit game, that is, the big hit. The timing is low base state. That is, in the first time saving state, when a big hit is made by passing through a specific area via the special figure 2 small hit A to the special figure 2 small hit D, it is judged that the big hit is made in the low base state. Will be done. Then, the game state after the end of the big hit game is exactly the same as the case where the game is a big hit after passing through a specific area via the special figure 2 small hit A to the special figure 2 small hit D in the normal state. (See FIGS. 6A and 6B).

As described above, in the first time saving state, normally, the game ball is inserted into the second starting opening by right-handed hitting, and the game proceeds mainly based on the second special symbol hit / miss determination. Therefore, in order to shift from the first time saving state to the more advantageous second time saving state, it is necessary to execute the big hit game with the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination as a big hit. When a big hit is made via a small hit, after the big hit game is completed, the first time reduction state is set and the second time reduction state is not set. As a result, the player does not simply want to be a big hit, but pays attention to the mode of transition to the big hit (big hit direct hit or small hit V), and can enhance the game interest.

As shown in FIG. 6C, when the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed in the second time saving state (high base state) and the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 1 jackpot A, the special figure 1 is special. FIG. 1 After the jackpot game related to the jackpot A is completed, the second time reduction state is set in which the time reduction number of 90 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set. As shown in FIG. 6, the number of rounds of the big hit game and the distribution probability of the big hit type do not change even if the game state changes, so the description thereof will be omitted.

In the second time saving state (high base state), when the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed and the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 1 big hit B, after the big hit game related to the special figure 1 big hit B is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set. In the second time saving state (high base state), when the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed and the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is the special figure 1 big hit C, after the big hit game related to the special figure 1 big hit C is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set.

As described above, the second time saving state is a gaming state in which the time saving state does not end even if the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit (the time saving state remains). When the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the timing of the big hit is a high base state (time saving state), so it is either special figure 1 big hit A to C. Even in such a case, after the jackpot game is completed, the second time reduction state is set, which is most advantageous for the player, in which the time reduction number of 90 times is set. That is, when the result of the first special symbol hit / miss determination is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the same game state as in the first time saving state.

Further, in the second time saving state (high base state), when the second special symbol hit / fail determination is executed and the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination is the special figure 2 big hit A, the big hit game related to the special figure 2 big hit A. After the end, it is set to the second time reduction state in which the number of time reductions of 500 times (operation of the time reduction function and the opening extension function) is set. When the result of the second special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the timing of the big hit is the high base state (time saving state), so when the special figure 2 big hit A is reached, the big hit After the end of the game, the second time reduction state is set, which is most advantageous for the player, in which the time reduction number of 500 times is set. Since this is also a big hit direct hit, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the same game state as in the first time saving state.

Further, in the second time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit A and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set. Further, in the second time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit B and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set.

Further, in the second time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit C and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set. Further, in the second time saving state (high base state), when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes the special figure 2 small hit D and the game ball passes through the specific area and becomes a big hit, after the big hit game is completed. Is set to the second time saving state in which the time saving number of 90 times (operation of the time saving function and the opening extension function) is set.

In the second time saving state, even if the result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment is a small hit, the time saving state is not terminated and continues (the time saving state remains). Therefore, the result of the second special symbol winning / failing judgment is special. In any of FIG. 2 small hit A to special figure 2 small hit D, the timing at which the game ball passes through the specific region in the subsequent small hit game without shifting to the low base state at that timing. However, the time saving state (high base state) continues. That is, the timing of the big hit is a high base state. That is, in the second time saving state, when a big hit is obtained by passing through a specific area via the special figure 2 small hit A to the special figure 2 small hit D, it is determined that the big hit is made in the high base state. Will be done. Then, the game state after the end of the big hit game is the case where the game passes through a specific area via the special figure 2 small hit A to the special figure 2 small hit D in the normal state and the first time saving state and becomes a big hit. It is set to a different and advantageous gaming state (second time saving state) (see FIGS. 6A to 6C).

In this way, once the game state shifts to the second time saving state, even if it becomes a big hit via a small hit or if it is a big hit direct hit, all the game states after the big hit game ends are changed to the second time saving state. It is set. In addition, the second time saving state is set to a number of times (the average value) set after the end of the big hit game when the big hit is made via the small hit, so that the time saving state is set to be larger than the first time saving state. The (second time saving state) is more likely to continue (the time saving state is less likely to end), and the player is more likely to obtain a large amount of game profit in a short period of time.

In addition, the first time saving state focuses on the mode of transition to the big hit (big hit direct hit or small hit V), and the second time saving state does not change the transition mode of the gaming state depending on the transition mode to the big hit (big hit direct hit). However, even with a small hit V, the second time reduction state is set), giving a sense of security and paying attention to the amount of game profit gained. Further, this makes it possible to diversify the gaming state, diversify the playability, and provide a highly palatable gaming machine.

Further, as another embodiment of the above-described embodiment, in FIG. 6A, when the second special symbol hit / fail determination is executed in the normal state and the special figure 2 big hit A is obtained, 500 after the big hit game is completed. It was decided to set to the second time reduction state in which the number of times of time reduction is set. In the normal state, when the second special symbol hit / fail determination is executed and the special figure 2 big hit A is obtained, the first time reduction is set to 90 times after the end of the big hit game. It may be set to the state. In such a mode, no matter what mode the big hit is from the normal state, after the big hit game is completed, the second time saving state is not set, and the first time saving state is always passed once. Only then can the transition to the most favorable second time saving state be possible. This makes it possible to increase the motivation to capture the game and enhance the interest in the game.

Here, the big hit game performed by the occurrence of the big hit is composed of a plurality of rounds (R) in which the first big winning opening or the second big winning opening is opened. The time saving state means a state in which the fluctuation time shortening function (time saving function) for the special symbol and the normal symbol is activated as described later. Further, in the first embodiment, when the time saving function is activated, the opening extension function for extending / increasing the opening time and the number of opening times when the second starting port 21 is opened is also activated. The gaming state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the first embodiment will be described in detail later.

"Special figure 2 small hits A to D" are small hits in which the number of times the second large winning opening 35 is opened and the opening time are "1 time" and "1.6 seconds". In the small hit (small hit game), the number of times the large winning opening is opened is simply called the number of times of opening, not the number of rounds. Then, in "Special Figure 2 Small Hits A to D", when at least one of the game balls that have entered the second large winning opening 35 passes through the specific area 39 (hereinafter, also referred to as "V passage"), V After passing, the second and subsequent rounds are started (small hit game is the first round).

Further, as will be described in detail later, in the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the first embodiment, a special symbol hit / miss determination random number having a value in the range of "0 to 65535" is provided (see FIG. 7A). The big hit judgment values in the first special symbol hit / fail judgment and the second special symbol hit / fail judgment are both "65209 to 65535", and the small hit judgment values in the second special symbol hit / fail judgment are "1-936" (FIG. 8). (A)). That is, the jackpot probability is "1/about 200", and the special figure 2 small hit probability is "1/about 70". For this reason, in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state) in which the second special symbol hit / fail judgment is independently performed, a big hit (small hit V) via the small hit is generated with a higher probability than the big hit direct hit. It will be. Further, in the embodiment of the present embodiment, when a small hit occurs and a small hit game is performed in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state), right-handed according to the launch navigation executed by the gaming machine. If only (or if the firing is continued), there is a 99% probability that the game ball will enter the second major winning opening during the small hit game, and the entered game ball will be in a specific area. It is set to pass through. In addition, instead of such an aspect, the possibility of passing through a specific area in the small hit game may be set to about 50%.

In this pachinko gaming machine 1, whether it is a big hit, a small hit, or a miss is determined based on a "special symbol hit / miss judgment random number (also referred to as" hit / miss judgment information "or" acquisition information ")". The judgment of the big hit type is made based on the "random number for determining the big hit type (also referred to as" random number for determining the big hit symbol "and" information for determining the big hit symbol ")", and the small hit when the small hit occurs. The type is determined based on the "random number for determining the small hit type (also referred to as" random number for determining the small hit symbol "and" information for determining the small hit symbol ")". As shown in FIG. 7A, the random number for determining whether the special symbol is correct or not takes a value in the range of "0 to 65535", and the random number for determining the big hit type takes a value in the range of "0 to 199", and the small hit type. The random number for determination takes a value in the range of "0 to 199". The random numbers (acquisition information) acquired based on the entry into the first starting port 20 or the second starting port 21 include a random number for determining whether a special symbol is correct, a random number for determining a big hit type, and a random number for determining a small hit type. In addition, there is a "variable pattern random number (also referred to as" variable pattern information ")".

Further, the fluctuation pattern random number is a random number for determining the fluctuation pattern including the fluctuation time. The fluctuation pattern random number takes a value in the range of "0 to 198". Further, the random numbers acquired based on the passage of the gate 28 include the normal symbol hit / miss determination random numbers shown in FIG. 7 (B). The random number for determining whether or not the normal symbol is correct is a random number for determining whether or not to perform an auxiliary game for opening the second starting port 21 (ordinary symbol lottery). Ordinary symbol random numbers take a value in the range of "0 to 240".

Next, the gaming state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the first embodiment will be described. The pachinko gaming machine 1 has a plurality of gaming states by a combination in which each function of the probability fluctuation function, the fluctuation time shortening function, and the open extension function for the special symbol and the normal symbol is in the activated state or the non-operated state. .. Since the pachinko gaming machine of the first embodiment is a mixed type of one type and two types, it does not have a probability variation function for a special symbol.

For special symbols (1st special symbol and 2nd special symbol), the state in which the fluctuation time shortening function is operating is called the "time reduction state (first time reduction state, second time reduction state)", and the state in which it is not operating is ". It is called "non-time saving state (normal state)". In the time-saving state and the non-time-saving state, the hit / fail determination is performed using the hit determination table shown in FIG. 8 (A). Specifically, the probability of being determined to be a big hit (big hit probability) in the special symbol hit / fail determination is "1/about 200" for both the first special symbol and the second special symbol. In addition, the probability of being judged as a small hit (small hit probability) in the special symbol hit / fail judgment is "0" for the first special symbol and "1/about 70" for the second special symbol, and the first special symbol. Is set to have no small hits (see FIG. 8A). In addition, instead of such an aspect, a small hit may be provided in the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination so that a big hit via the small hit may occur.

Further, in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state), the average value of the fluctuation time (time from the start of the fluctuation display to the confirmed display time) of the special symbol is the special in the non-time saving state (normal state). It is shorter than the average value of the fluctuation time of the symbol. That is, in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state), the fluctuation pattern table is set so that the fluctuation pattern having a short fluctuation time is selected more often than in the non-time saving state (normal state). It is used to determine the fluctuation pattern (see FIG. 9). As a result, in the time saving state (1st time saving state or 2nd time saving state), the pace of digestion of the special figure hold becomes faster (the frequency of change of the special symbol per unit time becomes higher), and effective entry to the starting port is made. A ball (a ball that can be stored as a special figure hold) is likely to occur. Therefore, it is possible to aim for a big hit with the smooth progress of the game.

Further, in the present embodiment, as the time saving state, there are a plurality of time saving states of the first time saving state and the second time saving state, and the variation of the special symbol in the second time saving state, which is a gaming state more advantageous to the player. The average value of the time (the time from the start of the variation display to the confirmation display) is shorter than the average value of the variation time of the special symbol in the first time reduction state.

The probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function for the normal symbol operate in synchronization with the fluctuation time shortening function (first time reduction state or second time reduction state) of the special symbol (second special symbol). That is, the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function of the normal symbol operate in the time saving state (first time saving state or the second time saving state) of the special symbol, and do not operate in the non-time saving state (normal state). Therefore, in the time-saving state (first time-saving state or second time-saving state), the winning probability in the normal symbol winning / failing determination is higher than in the non-time-saving state (normal state). That is, the normal symbol hit / fail judgment (judgment of the normal symbol) is performed using the normal symbol hit judgment table in which the value of the normal symbol random number (hit random number) judged to be a hit is larger than the normal symbol hit judgment table used in the non-time saving state. (See FIG. 8 (E)). That is, when the probability fluctuation function of the normal symbol display 42 is activated, the probability that the result of the fluctuation display of the normal symbol will be a hit (the stop symbol will be a normal hit symbol) will be higher than when it is not activated. ..

Further, in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state), the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shorter than that in the non-time saving state. In the first embodiment, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is 30 seconds in the non-time saving state, but is 1 second in the time saving state (see FIG. 8 (F)). Further, in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state), the opening time of the second starting port 21 in the auxiliary game is longer than in the non-time saving state. That is, the opening time extension function of the variable winning device 22 is operating. In addition, in the time saving state, the number of times the second starting port 21 is opened in the auxiliary game is larger than in the non-time saving state. That is, the function of increasing the number of times of opening of the variable winning device 22 is operating. Specifically, in the non-time saving state, when the result of the normal symbol winning / failing determination is a hit, the opening / closing member 37 of the variable winning device 22 performs an opening operation for 0.2 seconds once, and the second starting port is opened during that period. Will be. Further, in the time saving state (first time saving state or second time saving state), when the result of the normal symbol winning / failing determination is successful, the opening / closing member 37 of the variable winning device 22 performs the opening operation for 2.0 seconds three times. Will be done. In addition, the opening time extension function and the opening frequency increasing function may be collectively referred to simply as "opening extension function".

In the situation where the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function for the normal symbol and the opening extension function of the variable winning device 22 are operating, when these functions are not operating (“low frequency state” or “predetermined”). The second starting port 21 is opened more frequently than the "frequency state"), and the frequency of entering the game ball into the second starting port 21 is high (also referred to as "high frequency state"). As a result, the base, which is the ratio of the number of prize balls to the number of fired balls, becomes high. Therefore, the state in which these functions are operating is referred to as a "high base state", and the state in which these functions are not operating is referred to as a "low base state". In the high base state, you can aim for a big hit without greatly reducing the number of game balls you have.

In this embodiment, in the high base state, all of the probability fluctuation function, the fluctuation time shortening function, and the open extension function of the variable winning device 22 for the normal symbol are functioning, but in the high base state (high frequency state), Not all of the above functions need to be activated. That is, by operating at least one of the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function for the normal symbol, and the opening time extending function and the opening number increasing function of the variable winning device 22, the function is not activated. However, it suffices if the second starting port is easily opened (the frequency of ball entry is high). Further, the high base state may be controlled independently without being accompanied by the time saving state of the special symbol. A function that generates such a high-base state can also be called a "high-base generation function".

In addition, the game state set after the jackpot game ends is a time-saving state and a high base state (see FIG. 6). Therefore, this gaming state is also referred to as a "time saving high base state". As described above, the end condition of this time saving high base state differs depending on the time saving state (whether the first time saving state or the second time saving state). When the end condition is satisfied, the gaming state is set to the normal state, which is a non-time saving state and a low base state. This gaming state is also referred to as a "non-time saving low base state". When playing the pachinko gaming machine 1 for the first time, the gaming state (in the initial state) after the power is turned on is the non-time saving low base state (normal state).

In the high base state, it is more advantageous to let the game ball enter the right game area (right area) 3B by hitting the right side than to let the game ball enter the left game area 3A by hitting the left side. The second starting port is arranged at a position where the game ball launched in the right game area can enter and the game ball launched in the left game area cannot (or is difficult to enter). The gate 28 is also arranged at a position where a game ball launched in the right game area can enter. Then, in the high base state, the second starting port 21 is more likely to be opened than in the low base state, and rather than launching a game ball into the left gaming area and aiming at the first starting opening 20, the right gaming area is reached. The possibility of entering the starting port (second starting port) is higher by firing the game ball and aiming at the second starting port 21. Therefore, while passing the game ball through the gate 28, which is a trigger for determining whether or not the symbol is correct, a right-handed hit is made to allow the game ball to enter the second starting port 21. As a result, in a high base state, it is more advantageous for the player to hit the right side than to hit the left side because a large number of starting balls (opportunities for determining whether or not the special symbol is correct) can be obtained. In this state (high base state), the launch direction indicator 47 (also referred to as "first launch notification means") whose display is controlled by the main control unit 80 is controlled to light in a predetermined manner and launches to the right gaming area. It is supposed to inform you of what to do. Further, in the present embodiment, since the game is performed by right-handed even in the big hit game and the small hit game, the launch direction indicator 47 is supposed to notify that the game should be fired to the right game area.

On the other hand, in the low base state, it is more advantageous to allow the game ball to enter the left game area (left area) 3A by left-handed than to advance the game by right-handed. The first starting port is arranged at a position where a game ball launched in the left game area can enter. Further, the game ball launched in the right game area may be arranged so as not to be able to enter the first starting port, or may be arranged so as to be able to enter. When placed so that the ball can enter, launching the game ball in the left game area increases the possibility of the game ball entering the first starting port rather than launching the game ball in the right game area. It shall be. Further, in the low base state, the second starting port 21 is less likely to be opened than in the high base state, so that the left game is played rather than launching into the right game area and aiming for the ball to enter the second starting port 21. The possibility of entering the starting port is higher when the ball is launched into the area and aimed at entering the first starting port 20. As a result, in a low base state, a left-handed hit to allow a game ball to enter the first starting port 20 provides a larger number of starting balls (an opportunity to determine whether or not a special symbol is correct) than a right-handed hit. It is advantageous for the player. In this state (low base state), the launch direction indicator 47 whose display is controlled by the main control unit 80 is lighting controlled (display control) in a predetermined mode different from that in the high base state, and is fired to the left game area. It is supposed to inform you of what to do.

Specifically, the launch direction indicator 47 is composed of two LEDs of "yz", and indicates the launch direction by turning on the LEDs according to the game state. For example, in the low base state, it is possible to notify the left game area that both LEDs should be turned off as a display mode such as "y □ z □" (for example, □: off, ■: on). can. In addition, during the high base state and the execution of the hit game, it should be fired to the right game area as a display mode in which both LEDs are turned on, such as "y ■ z ■" (for example, □: off, ■: on). It is possible to notify that.

[Main control main processing]
Next, the operation (control processing by the main control unit) of the game control microcomputer 81 will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 38. The counters, flags, statuses, buffers, etc. that appear in the operation description of the game control microcomputer 81 are provided in the RAM of the main control board 80. When the power of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is turned on, the game control microcomputer 81 provided on the main control board 80 reads out the main control main processing program shown in FIG. 10 from the ROM of the main control board 80 and executes it. .. As shown in the figure, in the main control main process, the initial settings are first performed (S101). In the initial settings, for example, stack settings, constant settings, interrupt time settings, CPU settings of the main control board 80, SIO, PIO, CTC (interrupt time controller) settings, and various flags, status, and counter resets. And so on. The initial value of the flag is "0", that is, "OFF", the initial value of the status is "1", and the initial value of the counter is "0". The initial setting (S101) is executed only once after the power is turned on, and is not executed after that. In addition, in this Example 1 and a drawing, a normal symbol is a "general figure", a special symbol is a "special figure", the first special symbol is "special figure 1", "the first special figure", and the second special symbol is "special". It may be called "Fig. 2" or "second special drawing".

Following the initial setting (S101), interrupts are disabled (S102), and normal symbol / special symbol main random number update processing (S103) is executed. In this normal symbol / special symbol main random number update process (S103), the values of the various random number counters shown in FIG. 7 are updated by one addition. When the value of each random number counter reaches the upper limit, it returns to "0" and is added again. The initial value of each random number counter may be a value other than "0" or may be randomly changed. The updated random number counter values are sequentially stored in a predetermined updated value storage area (not shown) of the RAM of the main control board 80.

When the normal symbol / special symbol main random number update process (S103) is completed, interrupts are enabled (S104). While interrupts are enabled, interrupt processing (S105) can be executed. This interrupt processing (S105) is executed based on an interrupt pulse repeatedly input to the CPU of the main control board 80, for example, in a cycle of 4 ms. Then, between the end of the interrupt process (S105) and the start of the next interrupt process (S105), the update process of various counter values by the normal symbol / special symbol main random number update process (S103) is repeated. Will be executed. If an interrupt pulse is input to the CPU in the interrupt disabled state, the interrupt process (S105) is not started immediately, but is started after the interrupt is enabled (S104).

[Interrupt processing]
Next, interrupt processing (S105) will be described. As shown in FIG. 11, in the interrupt processing (S105), the output processing (S201) is first executed. In the output process (S201), commands (control signals) set in the output buffer provided in the RAM of the main control board 80 in each process described below are output to the sub control board 90, the payout control board 110, and the like. do. Examples of the command and the like output here include information on the game state, the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination, the symbol as a hit type (big hit symbol, small hit symbol), the variation pattern, and the like. The command consists of, for example, 2 bytes of information. The upper 1 byte is information about the type of command, and the lower 1 byte is information about the content of the command.

In the input processing (S202) performed after the output processing (S201), various sensors (first starting port sensor 20a, second starting port sensor 21a, first large winning opening sensor) mainly attached to the pachinko gaming machine 1 are used. The detection signal detected by 30a, the second large winning opening sensor 35a, the general entry opening sensor 27a, etc. (see FIG. 5) is read and stored in the output buffer of the RAM as the winning ball information. Further, the detection signal from the lower plate full switch for detecting the fullness of the lower plate 62 is also taken in and stored in the output buffer of the RAM 84 as the lower plate full data.

The normal symbol / special symbol main random number update process (S203) performed next is the same as the normal symbol / special symbol main random number update process (S103) performed in the main control main process of FIG. That is, the update processing of the various random number counter values (including the normal symbol random number counter value) shown in FIG. 7 is performed after the execution period of the timer interrupt processing (S105) and the other period (after the end of the interrupt processing (S105)). It is performed both in the period until the next interrupt processing (S105) is started).

Following the normal symbol / special symbol main random number update process (S203), the start port sensor detection process (S204), normal symbol operation process (S205), special symbol operation process (S206), reserved ball count process (S207), which will be described later, and Executes the power failure monitoring process (S208). After that, other processing (S209) not deeply related to the present invention is executed to end the interrupt processing (S105). Then, until the interrupt pulse is input to the CPU of the main control board 80, the main control main processes S102 to S104 are repeatedly executed (see FIG. 10), and when the interrupt pulse is input (after about 4 msec). ), Interrupt processing (S105) is executed again. In the output process (S201) of the interrupt process (S105) executed again, the command or the like set in the output buffer of the RAM in the previous interrupt process (S105) is output.

[Starting port sensor detection process]
As shown in FIG. 12, in the start port sensor detection process (S204), first, it is determined whether or not the game ball has passed through the gate 28, that is, whether or not the game ball is detected by the gate sensor 28a (S301). .. If the game ball has passed through the gate 28 (YES in S301), the number of normal symbol hold balls (the number of normal symbol hold, specifically, the value of the counter that counts the number of normal figure hold provided in the RAM) It is determined whether or not the number is 4 or more (S302), and if the game ball has not passed through the gate 28 (NO in S301), the process proceeds to S305.

If the number of normal symbol reserved balls is 4 or more (YES in S302), proceed to S305. On the other hand, if the number of normal symbol reserved balls is not 4 or more (NO in S302), "1" is added to the number of normal symbol reserved balls (S303), and the normal symbol random number acquisition process (S304) is performed. In the normal symbol random number acquisition process (S304), the value (label-TRND-H, FIG. 7B) of the random number counter for normal symbol hit / miss determination stored in the update value storage area (not shown) of the RAM is acquired. Then, the acquired random number value (acquired information) is stored in the address space corresponding to the current number of ordinary symbol reserved balls in the normal figure reserved storage unit provided in the RAM of the main control board 80.

In S305, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the second start port 21, that is, whether or not the game ball is detected by the second start port sensor 21a (S305). If the game ball has not entered the second starting port 21 (NO in S305), the process proceeds to S309, but if the game ball has entered the second starting port 21 (YES in S305), the special figure 2 The number of reserved balls (the number of the second special figure hold, specifically, the numerical value of the counter for counting the number of the second special figure hold provided in the RAM of the main control unit 80) has reached four (upper limit number). Whether or not it is determined (S306). Then, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 has reached four (YES in S306), the process proceeds to S309, but when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is less than four (NO in S306), the special figure 2 is held. FIG. 2 Add 1 to the number of reserved balls (S307).

Subsequently, the special figure 2 related random number acquisition process (S308) is performed. In the special figure 2 related random number acquisition process (S308), the value (label-TRND-A) of the random number counter for determining whether the special symbol is correct or not, which is stored in the update value storage area (not shown) of the RAM, and the random number for determining the jackpot type. Counter value (label-TRND-AS), random number counter value for small hit type determination (label-TRND-KS), reach random number counter value (label-TRND-RC), and fluctuation pattern random number counter value (label-). TRND-T1) is acquired (that is, the value of the random number shown in FIG. 7A is acquired), and the acquired random number value (acquisition information) is stored in the current number of reserved balls in the second special figure 2 in the second special figure reserved storage unit. Store in the address space according to.

Subsequently, in the start port sensor detection process (S204), it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the first start port 20, that is, whether or not the game ball is detected by the first start port sensor 20a (S309). ). If the game ball has not entered the first starting port 20 (NO in S309), the process is completed, but if the game ball has entered the first starting port 20 (YES in S309), the special figure The number of 1 reserved balls (the number of 1st special figure hold, specifically, the numerical value of the counter for counting the number of 1st special figure hold provided in the RAM of the main control unit 80) has reached 4 (upper limit number). Whether or not it is determined (S310). Then, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 has reached four (YES in S310), the processing is completed, but when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is less than four (NO in S310), Special figure 1 Add "1" to the number of reserved balls (S311).

Subsequently, the special figure 1 related random number acquisition process (S312) is performed. In the special figure 1 related random number acquisition process (S312), the value of the special symbol hit / miss determination counter stored in the updated value storage area (not shown) of the RAM is the same as in the special figure 2 related random number acquisition process (S308). (Label-TRND-A), value of random number counter for determining big hit type (label-TRND-AS), value of random number counter for determining small hit type (label-TRND-KS), value of reach random number counter (label-TRND) -RC) and the value of the fluctuation pattern random number counter (label-TRND-T1) are acquired (that is, the random number value shown in FIG. 7A is acquired), and the acquired random number value is stored in the first special figure reservation storage unit. It is stored in the address space according to the current number of reserved balls.

[Usu-zu operation processing]
The game control microcomputer 81 performs the normal drawing operation process (S205) shown in FIG. 13 after the start port sensor detection process (S204). In the normal figure operation process (S205), the process related to the normal symbol display 42 and the variable winning device 22 is divided into four stages, and "normal figure operation status 1, 2, 3, 4" is assigned to each stage. .. Then, when the "normal figure operation status" is "1" (YES in S401), the normal symbol standby process (S402) is performed, and when the "normal figure operation status" is "2" (S401). NO, YES for S403), normal symbol change processing (S404) is performed, and if the "normal symbol operation status" is "3" (NO for both S401 and S403, YES for S405), the normal symbol is confirmed. The processing (S406) is performed, and if the "normal operation status" is "4" (all of S401, S403, and S405 are NO), the normal electric accessory processing (S407) is performed. The operation status of the normal diagram is "1" by default.

[Normal symbol standby processing]
As shown in FIG. 14, in the normal symbol standby process (S402), first, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the normal symbol is "0" (S501), and if it is "0" (YES in S501). Finish this process. On the other hand, if it is not "0" (NO in S501), the normal symbol hit / miss determination process described later is performed (S502). Further, after the normal symbol hit / miss determination process (S502), the normal symbol variation pattern selection process is performed (S503). In the normal symbol variation pattern selection process, the normal symbol variation pattern selection table shown in FIG. 8 (F) is referred to, and if the gaming state is in the reduced working hours state, the normal symbol variation pattern having a variation time of 1 second is selected. do. On the other hand, if the gaming state is a non-time saving state, a normal symbol variation pattern with a normal symbol variation time of 30 seconds is selected. Further, after the normal symbol variation pattern selection process, the normal symbol random number shift process (S504) described later is performed. Further, following the normal symbol random number shift process (S504), the normal symbol variation start process (S505) is performed, and the process is completed. In the normal symbol variation start processing, the variation display of the normal symbol is started with the normal symbol variation pattern selected in S503, and the normal operation status is set to "2". Further, in the normal symbol change start process, a normal symbol change start command is set in order to notify the sub-control board 90 of the start of change of the normal symbol.

[Ordinary symbol hit / fail judgment process]
As shown in FIG. 15, in the normal symbol hit / miss determination process (S502), first, the value (label-TRND-H) of the normal symbol hit / miss determination random number counter stored in the normal symbol hold storage unit is read (S601). Next, it is determined whether or not the time saving flag is ON (that is, whether or not the gaming state is the time saving state) (S602). When it is determined in S602 that the time saving flag is ON, that is, it is in the time saving state (YES in S602), among the normal symbol hit judgment tables shown in FIG. 8 (E), the table for the time saving state (the hit judgment value is "". Based on the high-probability normal-figure hit / fail determination based on "0" to "239"), it is determined whether or not it is a hit (S604), and the process proceeds to S605. That is, it is determined whether or not the value (label-TRND-H) of the read random number counter for determining whether or not the normal symbol is correct matches any of the hit determination values. On the other hand, when it is determined in S602 that the time reduction flag is not ON, that is, it is in the non-time reduction state (NO in S602), the table for the non-time reduction state (hit) among the normal symbol hit determination tables shown in FIG. 8 (E). Based on the low-probability normal-figure hit / fail judgment based on the judgment values "0" and "1"), it is judged whether or not it is a hit (S603), and the process proceeds to S605.

Then, in S605, it is determined whether or not the result of the normal figure hit / fail judgment (S603, S604) is a hit (normal figure hit) (S605), and if it is judged to be a miss (NO in S605), the stop display is normal. Determine the symbol (the symbol that is out of the ordinary) (S606), and finish the process. On the other hand, when it is determined by S605 that it is a hit (a hit by a normal figure) (YES in S605), a normal symbol (a symbol by a normal figure) to be stopped and displayed is determined (S607), and the normal symbol hit flag is turned ON (S608). , Finish the process.

[Ordinary symbol random number shift processing]
The normal symbol random number shift process (S504) is executed after the normal symbol variation pattern selection process (S503). As shown in FIG. 16, in the normal symbol random number shift process (S504), first, the number of normal symbol reserved balls is decremented by 1 (S701). Next, the storage location of each Fuzu hold in the Fuzu hold storage unit is shifted by one to the side read from the current position (S702). Then, the address space, which is the storage location of the highest hold storage in the normal figure hold storage unit, is emptied (“0”), that is, the RAM area corresponding to the fourth hold of the normal figure is cleared to 0 (S703). ), Finish the process. In this way, the general map hold is digested in the order of hold.

[Processing during normal symbol change]
As shown in FIG. 17, in the normal symbol changing process (S404), first, it is determined whether or not the fluctuation time of the normal symbol has elapsed (S801), and if not, the process ends (NO in S801). On the other hand, if it has passed (YES in S801), the normal symbol fluctuation stop command is set (S802) and the normal symbol operation status is set to "3" (S803). Then, after performing other processing such as stopping the variable display of the normal symbol at the display result (hit normal symbol or out-of-order normal symbol) according to the judgment result of the random number for determining whether the normal symbol is correct or not (S804), this process is performed. To finish.

[Normal symbol confirmation process]
As shown in FIG. 18, in the normal symbol determination process (S406), first, it is determined whether or not the normal symbol hit flag is ON (S901). If the normal map hit flag is not ON (NO in S901), the normal map operation status is set to "1" (S905), and this process ends. On the other hand, if the flag per normal figure is ON (YES in S901), it is subsequently determined whether or not the time saving flag is ON, that is, whether or not the time saving state is in progress (S902). Then, if it is in the time saving state (YES in S902), the opening pattern in the time saving state is set as the opening pattern of the variable winning device 22 (second starting port 21) (S903). As described above, the opening pattern in the time saving state is an opening pattern in which the opening for 2.0 seconds is repeated three times. Therefore, "3" is set in the second starting port opening counter that counts the number of times the second starting port 21 is opened.

On the other hand, if it is in the non-time saving state (NO in S902), the opening pattern in the non-time saving state is set as the opening pattern of the variable winning device 22 (second starting port 21) (S906). As described above, the opening pattern in the non-time saving state is an opening pattern in which opening for 0.2 seconds is performed once. Therefore, "1" is set in the second start port opening counter. Then, following the set of the open pattern (S903, S906), the normal operation status is set to "4" (S904), and this process is completed.

[Ordinary electric accessory processing]
As shown in FIG. 19, in the ordinary electric accessory processing (S407), first, it is determined whether or not the end flag per normal figure is ON (S1001). The normal-figure-hit end flag is a flag indicating that the opening of the second starting port 21 has been completed in the auxiliary game executed as a hit.

If the end flag per normal figure is not ON (NO in S1001), it is determined whether or not the second starting port 21 is open (S1002). If it is not open (NO in S1002), it is determined whether or not the time (timing) for opening the second starting port 21 has been reached (S1003), and if not (NO in S1003), the process is completed and the process is reached. If so, the second starting port 21 is opened (S1004), and the process is completed. On the other hand, if the second starting port 21 is being opened (YES in S1002), it is determined in advance whether or not the time (timing) for closing the second starting port 21 has been reached (that is, after the second starting port 21 is opened). Judging (whether or not the opened opening time has passed) (S1005), if not reached (NO in S1005), the process is completed, and if it is reached (YES in S1005), the second starting port 21 is closed (closed). (S1006).

Then, following the closing process (S1006) of the second starting port 21, the value of the second starting port opening counter is decremented by 1 (S1007), and whether or not the value of the second starting port opening counter is "0" is determined. Judgment (S1008). If it is not "0" (NO in S1008), the process is finished as it is in order to open the second starting port 21 again. On the other hand, if it is "0" (YES in S1008), the end process for hitting the normal figure to end the auxiliary game is performed (S1009), and the end flag for hitting the normal figure is set (S1010) to finish the process. The second start port opening counter becomes "0" when the second start port 21 is opened three times (opening operation of the movable member 23) in the non-time reduction state, and is set to "0" in the non-time reduction state. When the second starting port 21 is opened once, it becomes "0".

On the other hand, if the end flag for normal drawing is ON in S1001 (YES in S1001), the opening operation of the second starting port 21 for the number of times set in S903 or S906 has been completed. The end flag is turned off (S1011), the normal figure hit flag is turned off (S1012), the normal figure operation status is set to "1" (S1013), and the process is completed. As a result, in the next interrupt process, the normal symbol standby process (S402) is executed again as the normal figure operation process (FIG. 13).

[Special figure operation processing]
As shown in FIG. 11, the game control microcomputer 81 performs the special figure operation process (S206) after the normal figure operation process (S205). In the special figure operation processing (S206), as shown in FIG. 20, the processing related to the special symbol display 41 and the big prize device (first big prize device 31 and second big prize device 36) is divided into five stages, and they are divided into five stages. "Special figure operation status 1, 2, 3, 4, 5" is assigned to each stage of. Then, when the "special symbol operation status" is "1" (YES in S1101), the special symbol standby process (S1102) is performed, and when the "special symbol operation status" is "2" (S1101). NO, YES for S1103), special symbol change processing (S1104) is performed, and if the "special symbol operation status" is "3" (NO for both S1101 and S1103, YES for S1105), the special symbol is confirmed. Processing (S1106) is performed, and if the "special figure operation status" is "4" (NO for S1101, S1103, S1105, YES for S1107), special electric accessory processing 1 (S1108) as a big hit game. If the "special figure operation status" is "5" (all of S1101, S1103, S1105, and S1107 are NO), the special electric accessory processing 2 (S1109) as a small hit game is performed. The special figure operation status is "1" by default.

[Special symbol standby processing]
As shown in FIG. 21, in the special symbol standby process (S1102), first, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls in the second starting port 21 (that is, the number of reserved balls in special figure 2) is “0” (S1201). .. Special figure 2 When the number of reserved balls is "0" (YES in S1201), that is, when the random number counter value acquired based on the entry into the second starting port 21 is not stored, the first start is performed. It is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls in the mouth 20 (that is, the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1) is “0” (S1206). Then, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is also "0" (YES in S1206), that is, when there is no memory of the random number counter value acquired based on the entry into the first starting port 20, the image is displayed. It is determined whether or not the process of using the display screen 7a of the display device 7 as the standby screen (during the execution of the demo screen for waiting for customers) is being performed (S1211), and if so (YES in S1211), the process is completed. Otherwise (NO in S1211), the standby screen setting process is executed to display the standby screen (S1212).

In S1201, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is not "0" (NO in S1201), that is, when there is one or more memory of the random number counter value acquired based on the entry into the second starting port 21. , The special figure 2 hit / fail determination process (S1202), the special figure 2 fluctuation pattern selection process (S1203), the special figure 2 random number shift process (S1204), and the special figure 2 fluctuation start process (S1205) are performed in this order. Further, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is "0" but the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is not "0" (YES in S1201 and NO in S1206), that is, the random number counter value related to the second starting port 21. Although there is no memory, if there is one or more memory of the random number counter value acquired based on the entry into the first starting port 20, the special figure 1 hit / miss determination process (S1207) and the special figure 1 variation described later will be described. The pattern selection process (S1208), the special figure 1 random number shift process (S1209), and the special figure 1 fluctuation start process (S1210) are performed in this order. As described above, in the first embodiment, the variable display of the first special symbol based on the first special figure hold is performed only when the second special figure hold is "0" (YES in S1201). That is, the digestion of the second special symbol hold (variable display of the second special symbol) is executed in preference to the digestion of the first special symbol hold (variable display of the first special symbol). Further, in the first embodiment, the hit / fail judgment based on the second special figure hold is more likely to be a big hit that is more profitable for the player than the hit / fail judgment based on the first special figure hold (FIG. 8 (B). )).

[Special Figure 2 Win / Fail Judgment Process]
As shown in FIG. 22, in the special figure 2 hit / miss determination process (S1202), first, as a determination value, the lowest area of the second special figure hold storage unit of the RAM (that is, the first one of the second special figure hold is supported). The value (label-TRND-A) of the random number counter for determining whether the special symbol is correct or not (the oldest stored) stored in the RAM area) is read (S1302). Next, a hit / fail judgment is made based on the hit judgment table of FIG. 8 (A) (S1303). In this hit determination table, the jackpot determination values in the hit / fail judgment of the special figure 1 (first special symbol hit / fail judgment) and the hit / fail judgment of the special figure 2 (second special symbol hit / fail judgment) are set to "65209 to 65535" ( Jackpot probability: 1/about 200). Further, the special figure 2 small hit determination value in the hit / fail judgment of the special figure 2 (the second special symbol hit / fail judgment) is set to "1 to 936".

Next, in S1304, it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail judgment (second special symbol hit / fail judgment) is a big hit (S1304), and the result of the hit / fail judgment (S1303) is determined to be a "big hit" (YES in S1304). , The value (label-TRND-AS) of the random number counter for determining the jackpot type is read out, the jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type determination table shown in FIG. 8 (B) (S1310), and the random number for determining the jackpot type is determined. The jackpot symbol is determined based on the value (S1311), the jackpot flag is turned ON (S1312), and the process is completed.

In addition, in the case of the hit / fail judgment related to the first special symbol, the jackpot type is judged using the big hit type judgment table for the first special symbol, and in the case of the hit / fail judgment related to the second special symbol, it is for the second special symbol. The jackpot type is determined using the jackpot type determination table of. Further, the determination of the jackpot type is performed based on the gaming state (current gaming state) at the time of making the determination. That is, it is determined whether or not the time saving flag is ON, whether or not the first time saving state flag is ON, and whether or not the second time saving state flag is ON. The jackpot type is determined using the jackpot type determination table for the state. If the time reduction flag is ON, it is determined whether the time reduction state is the first time reduction state or the second time reduction state, and if it is the first time reduction state, the jackpot type is determined using the jackpot type determination table for the first time reduction state. If it is in the 2 time reduction state, the big hit type is determined using the big hit type determination table for the 2nd time reduction state.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S1304 that the result of the hit / fail determination (S1303) is not a "big hit" (NO in S1304), then it is determined whether or not it is a small hit (S1305). Here, in the case of the hit / fail determination related to the second special symbol, the value (label-TRND-A) of the random number counter for the special symbol hit / fail determination is any of "1 to 936" which is the small hit determination value of the special figure 2. It is determined whether or not they match (see FIG. 8A). Then, when it is determined in S1305 that the result of the hit / fail judgment is not "small hit" (NO in S1305), the out-of-order symbol is determined (S1309), and the process is completed. In other words, if the result of the hit / fail judgment (S1303) is neither a "big hit" nor a "small hit" (NO for S1304, NO for S1305), the result is "missing".

On the other hand, when it is determined in S1305 that the result of the small hit determination (S1305) (the result of the hit / fail determination) is "small hit" (YES in S1305), the value of the random number counter for determining the small hit type (label-TRND-). KS) is read out, the small hit type is determined based on the small hit type determination table shown in FIG. 8 (C) (S1306), and the small hit symbol is determined based on the value of the random number for determining the small hit type (S1306). S1307), turn on the small hit flag (S1308), and finish the process. In the case of the hit / fail determination related to the second special symbol, the small hit type is determined using the small hit type determination table for the second special symbol. Further, the determination of the small hit type is performed based on the gaming state (current gaming state) at the time of making the determination. That is, it is determined whether or not the time saving flag is ON, whether or not the first time saving state flag is ON, and whether or not the second time saving state flag is ON. The small hit type is determined using the small hit type determination table for the state, and if the time reduction flag is ON, it is determined whether it is the first time reduction state or the second time reduction state, and if it is the first time reduction state, the first time reduction state is determined. The small hit type is determined using the small hit type determination table for the second time reduction state, and if the second time reduction state is used, the small hit type is determined using the small hit type determination table for the second time reduction state. Further, in S1308, the small hit flag corresponding to the small hit type (determination result of S1306) determined in S1306 is turned ON.

[Special figure 2 fluctuation pattern selection process]
In the special symbol standby process (FIG. 21), the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process is performed (S1203) after the special figure 2 hit / fail determination process (S1202). As shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, in the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process (S1203), first, it is determined whether or not the gaming state is a non-time saving state (normal state) (whether or not the time saving flag is ON) (S1401). ). Then, when it is determined in S1401 that it is in a non-time saving state (normal state) (YES in S1401), then it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (S1402). When it is determined in S1402 that the jackpot flag is ON (YES in S1402), the second special symbol non-time saving state medium jackpot table (the second special symbol, non-time saving state, and jackpot among the variable pattern tables shown in FIG. 9). The variation pattern is selected based on the variation pattern random number counter value (label-TRND-T1) (S1403), and the process proceeds to S1404. In this process, the variation pattern P9 is selected. In principle, the variation display of the second special symbol is not planned (it is unlikely to be performed) during the non-time saving state, so the types of variation patterns are set to be less than those of the first special symbol.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S1402 that the big hit flag is not ON (NO in S1402), then it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (S1405). Then, when it is determined in S1405 that the small hit flag is ON (YES in S1405), the second special symbol non-time saving state medium / small hit table (the second special symbol and non-time saving table among the variable pattern tables shown in FIG. 9). The fluctuation pattern is selected based on the fluctuation pattern random number counter value (S1407) with reference to the state and the part corresponding to the small hit), and the process proceeds to S1404. .. Specifically, in the first embodiment, the variation pattern P10 is selected.

Further, when it is determined in S1405 that the small hit flag is not ON (NO in S1405), the second special symbol non-time saving state middle-out table (the second special symbol and non-time saving state among the variation pattern tables shown in FIG. 9). And, referring to the part corresponding to the deviation), the fluctuation pattern is selected based on the fluctuation pattern random number counter value (S1406), and the process proceeds to S1404. Specifically, in the first embodiment, the variation pattern P11 is selected.

Further, in S1401, when it is determined that the gaming state is not the non-time saving state, that is, the time saving state (NO in S1401), as shown in FIG. 24, in S1408, whether the time saving state is the first time saving state. Judge whether or not (S1408). When it is determined in S1408 that the time saving state is the first time saving state (YES in S1408), then it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (S1409). When it is determined in S1409 that the jackpot flag is ON (YES in S1409), the second special symbol 1st time saving state medium jackpot table (the 2nd special symbol and the 1st time saving state among the variation pattern tables shown in FIG. 9). The variation pattern is selected based on the variation pattern random number counter value (label-TRND-T1) (S1410) with reference to the portion corresponding to the jackpot), and the process proceeds to S1404. In this process, any of the fluctuation patterns P14, 15 and 16 is selected. In addition, during the time saving state, in principle, the variation display of the second special symbol is mainly executed, so that the type of variation pattern is set more for the second special symbol than for the first special symbol.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S1409 that the big hit flag is not ON (NO in S1409), then it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (S1411). Then, when it is determined in S1411 that the small hit flag is ON (YES in S1411), the second special symbol, the second special symbol and the second special symbol among the variable pattern tables shown in FIG. 1) The fluctuation pattern is selected based on the fluctuation pattern random number counter value (S1413) with reference to the part corresponding to the short time state and the small hit, and the process proceeds to S1404. Specifically, in the first embodiment, any of the fluctuation patterns P17, 18, and 19 is selected.

Further, when it is determined in S1411 that the small hit flag is not ON (NO in S1411), the second special symbol, the first time-saving state middle-out table (the second special symbol and the first of the variation pattern tables shown in FIG. 9). The fluctuation pattern is selected based on the fluctuation pattern random number counter value (S1412) with reference to the time saving state and the part corresponding to the deviation), and the process proceeds to S1404. Specifically, in the first embodiment, any of the fluctuation patterns P20 to 24 is selected. In the case of deviation, when the selected fluctuation pattern is P20 to P22, the deviation reach effect is executed as the game effect, so that a relatively long fluctuation time is set. Further, in the case of deviation, when the fluctuation pattern is not selected from P20 to P22, P23 is selected if the number of holdings at the time of selecting the fluctuation pattern is 0 or 1, and P24 is selected if the number of holdings is 2 or 3. Is selected.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S1408 that the time saving state is not the first time saving state, that is, the second time saving state (NO in S1408), then it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (S1414). When it is determined in S1414 that the jackpot flag is ON (YES in S1414), the second special symbol second time saving state medium jackpot table (the second special symbol and the second time saving state among the variation pattern tables shown in FIG. 9). The variation pattern is selected based on the variation pattern random number counter value (label-TRND-T1) (S1415) with reference to the portion corresponding to the jackpot), and the process proceeds to S1404. In this process, any of the fluctuation patterns P27, 28, and 29 is selected.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S1414 that the big hit flag is not ON (NO in S1414), then it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (S1416). Then, when it is determined in S1416 that the small hit flag is ON (YES in S1416), the second special symbol, the second special symbol and the second special symbol among the variable pattern tables shown in FIG. 2 The fluctuation pattern is selected based on the fluctuation pattern random number counter value (S1418) with reference to the part corresponding to the short time state and the small hit), and the process proceeds to S1404. Specifically, in the first embodiment, any of the fluctuation patterns P30, 31, and 32 is selected.

Further, when it is determined in S1416 that the small hit flag is not ON (NO in S1416), the second special symbol is the second special symbol and the second special symbol among the variable pattern tables shown in FIG. The fluctuation pattern is selected based on the fluctuation pattern random number counter value (S1417) with reference to the time saving state and the part corresponding to the deviation), and the process proceeds to S1404. Specifically, in the first embodiment, any of the fluctuation patterns P33 to 37 is selected. In the case of deviation, when the selected fluctuation pattern is P33 to P35, the deviation reach effect is executed as the game effect, so that a relatively long fluctuation time is set. Further, in the case of deviation, when the fluctuation pattern is not selected from P33 to P35, P36 is selected if the number of holdings at the time of selecting the fluctuation pattern is 0 or 1, and P37 is selected if the number of holdings is 2 or 3. Is selected.

After selecting the variation pattern as described above, another process (S1404) shown in FIG. 23 is performed to finish this process. In the other processing (S1404), the variation pattern specification command corresponding to the selected variation pattern is set in the output buffer of the RAM. The set fluctuation pattern specification command is included in the fluctuation start command described later, and is sent to the sub-control board 90 by the output process (S201).

[Special Figure 2 Random number shift processing]
As shown in FIG. 25, in the special figure 2 random number shift process (S1204), first, the number of reserved balls in the special figure 2 is decremented by 1 (S1501). Next, when the storage location of various counter values in the second special figure reservation storage unit is one lower side (for example, when the second special figure reservation storage unit consists of the address space corresponding to the addresses "0000" to "0003", the address. Shift to the "0000" side) (S1502). Then, "0" is set in the uppermost address space of the second special figure reservation storage unit, that is, the RAM area corresponding to the fourth item of the second special figure reservation (when the upper limit number is stored). Clear 0 (S1503) to finish this process.

After executing the special figure 2 random number shift process (S1204), the special figure 2 fluctuation start process (S1205) of FIG. 21 is executed. In the special figure 2 fluctuation start processing (S1205), the special figure operation status is set to "2", the fluctuation start command is set in the output buffer of the RAM, and the fluctuation display of the second special symbol is started.

In the special symbol standby process (S1102) of FIG. 21, when the number of reserved balls in special figure 2 is "0" and the number of reserved balls in special figure 1 is not "0" (YES in S1201 and NO in S1206). , Special figure 1 hit / fail determination process (S1207), special figure 1 fluctuation pattern selection process (S1208), special figure 1 random number shift process (S1209), and special figure 1 fluctuation start process (S1210) are performed in this order.

[Special Figure 1 Win / Fail Judgment Process]
As shown in FIG. 26, in the special figure 1 hit / fail determination process (S1207), the process (S1602 to S1608) is performed in the same flow as the special figure 2 hit / fail determination process (S1202) shown in FIG. 22. Therefore, a detailed description of this process will be omitted. However, since this process is related to the special figure 1, in S1602, it is stored in the lowestmost area of the first special figure hold storage unit of the RAM (that is, the RAM area corresponding to the first item of the first special figure hold). The random number counter value (label-TRND-A) for determining whether or not the special symbol is correct is read out, and the result is determined based on the hit determination table of FIG. 8 (A) (S1603). Further, as a result of the hit / fail determination (S1603) of the first special symbol (special figure 1), the point that there is no small hit is different from the special figure 2 hit / fail determination process.

[Special Figure 1 Fluctuation pattern selection process]
As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, in the special figure 1 variation pattern selection process (S1208), processing (S1701 to S1716) is performed in the same flow as the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process (S1203) shown in FIGS. 23 and 24. )I do. Therefore, a detailed explanation of this process is omitted.

[Special Figure 1 Random number shift processing]
As shown in FIG. 29, in the special figure 1 random number shift process (S1209), first, the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 is decremented by 1 (S1801). Next, the storage location of various counter values in the first special figure reservation storage unit is shifted to the lower side by one (S2002). Then, "0" is set in the uppermost address space of the first special figure reservation storage unit, that is, the RAM area corresponding to the fourth piece of the first special figure reservation (when stored up to the upper limit number). Clear 0 (S1803) to finish this process.

After executing the special figure 1 random number shift process (S1209), the special figure 1 fluctuation start process (S1210) of FIG. 21 is executed. In the special figure 1 fluctuation start processing (S1210), the special figure operation status is set to "2", the fluctuation start command is set in the output buffer of the RAM, and the fluctuation display of the first special symbol is started.

[Processing during special symbol change]
As shown in FIG. 30, in the special symbol variation processing (S1104), first, the variation time of the special symbol (variation time determined according to the variation pattern selected in S1203 or S1208 of FIG. 21, see FIG. 9) has elapsed. Whether or not it is determined (S1901). If it is determined that the fluctuation time has not elapsed (NO in S1901), the process ends. As a result, the variable display of the special symbol is continued.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed (YES in S1901), the fluctuation stop command is set (S1902). Next, in S1903, it is determined whether or not the time saving flag is ON (S1903), and when it is determined that the time saving flag is ON (YES in S1903), the value of the time saving counter is subtracted by 1 (S1904), and the processing of S1905 is performed. Move to. If the S1905 determines whether the time reduction counter value has become "0" (S1905) and determines that the time reduction counter value has become "0" (YES in S1905), the time reduction flag is turned off (S1906). , The first time saving state flag is turned off (S1907), the second time state flag is turned off (S1908), and the process proceeds to S1909.

On the other hand, if it is determined in S1903 that the time reduction flag is not ON (NO in S1903), or if it is determined in S1905 that the value of the time reduction counter is not "0" (NO in S1905), the process proceeds to S1909. .. In S1909, the special symbol operation status is set to "3" (S1909), and the variation display of the special symbol is set according to the judgment result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment random number, the big hit type determination random number, and the small hit type determination random number. Other processing such as stop display is performed based on the result (S1910), and the processing is completed.

[Special symbol confirmation process]
As shown in FIG. 31, in the special symbol determination process (S1106), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (S2001). If the jackpot flag is ON (YES in S2001), the value of the round counter that counts the number of rounds to be executed during the jackpot game is set based on the jackpot flag that is ON, and the first big prize is won. The number of times the mouth 30 is opened per round and the opening time (see FIG. 6) are set (S2002). As described above, in the first embodiment, the number of rounds of the big hit game related to the special figure 1 big hit is "5R", and the number of rounds of the big hit game related to the special figure 2 big hit is either "5R" or "10R". Therefore, in S2002, either "5" or "10" is set as the value of the round counter, and "1 time" and "25 seconds" are set as the number of times of opening and the opening time of the first prize opening 30 per round. set.

After finishing the processing of S2002, in order to start the big hit game, set the big hit opening command (S2003), start the opening production of the big hit game (S2004), and set the special figure operation status to "4" (S2005). ).

Further, when it is determined in S2001 that the big hit flag is not ON (NO in S2001), it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (S2006). If the small hit flag is ON (YES in S2006), the value of the small hit opening counter that counts the number of times the large winning opening (second large winning opening 35) is opened during the small hit game is set, and the second is set. Set the opening time (see FIG. 6) of the large winning opening 35 (S2007). As described above, in the first embodiment, the number of times the second big winning opening 35 is opened and the opening time are "1 time" and "1.6 seconds" in the small hit game. Therefore, in S2007, the opening for the small hit is opened. Set "1" as the value of the counter and set "1.6 seconds" as the opening time.

After finishing the processing of S2007, in order to start the small hit game, the opening command of the small hit is set (S2008), the opening production of the small hit game is started (S2009), and the special figure operation status is set to "5". Set (S2010) and finish the process. On the other hand, if it is determined in S2006 that the small hit flag is not ON (NO in S2006), neither the big hit game nor the small hit game is started, so the special figure operation status is set to "1" (S2011) and the process is completed. ..

[Special electric accessory processing 1 (big hit game)]
As shown in FIG. 32, in the special electric accessory processing 1 (S1108), first, it is determined whether or not the time saving flag is ON (S2103), and when it is determined that the time saving flag is ON (YES in S2103), the time saving is shortened. Turn off the flag (S2104). That is, it is controlled to a non-time saving state (low base state) during the execution of the big hit game. In the first embodiment, since the low base state is always in the non-time saving state, the low base state is also controlled during the execution of the big hit game. Next, it is determined whether or not the jackpot end flag is ON (S2105). The jackpot end flag is a flag indicating that all the opening of the jackpot (first jackpot or second jackpot) has been completed (the jackpot game has ended) in the jackpot game.

When it is determined in S2105 that the jackpot end flag is not ON (NO in S2105), then it is determined whether or not the jackpot is open (S2106). If it is determined by S2106 that the big prize opening is not open (NO in S2106), it is time to open the big winning opening (timing), that is, the first round after the opening time of the big hit has passed. (S2107), it is determined whether or not it is time to start the next round (next opening) after the time of the interval between rounds has elapsed (S2107). If S2107 determines that it is not the start time of the round (NO in S2107), the process ends as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined by S2107 that it is the start time of the round (YES in S2107), the first big prize is opened in order to open the first big prize opening 30 according to the opening pattern according to the type of big hit (see FIG. 6). The device 31 is operated (S2110), and the process is completed.

When it is determined in S2106 that the large winning opening is open (YES in S2106), the maximum number of balls that can be entered into the large winning opening in that round is the specified maximum number of balls (10 in this embodiment 1). ) Is determined (S2111). If it is determined by S2111 that the number of balls has not reached the specified number (NO in S2111), then whether or not the time (timing) to close the large winning opening has been reached, that is, the predetermined number after opening the large winning opening. It is determined whether or not the opening time (see FIG. 6, 25 seconds) has elapsed (S2112). If it is determined by S2112 that the opening time of the big prize opening has not reached the specified time (NO in S2112), the process is finished.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S2111 that the specified number of balls has been reached (YES in S2111), or when it is determined that the opening time of the first large winning opening 30 has reached the specified time (in S2112). YES), that is, if it is determined that one of the two round end conditions is satisfied, the open prize opening will be closed (S2113). Then, the value of the round counter is decremented by 1 (S2114), and then it is determined whether or not the value of the round counter is "0" (S2115). When it is determined in S2115 that the value of the round counter is not "0" (NO in S2115), the process is terminated in order to start the next round.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S2115 that the value of the round counter is "0" (YES in S2115), the jackpot ending command is set as the jackpot ending process to end the jackpot game (S2116), and the jackpot ending Start directing (S2117). Then, the jackpot end flag is set (S2118), and the process is completed. If the big hit this time is a 10R big hit, it will be "0" if the big winning opening is opened 10 times, and if it is a 5R big hit, the big winning opening will be opened 5 times. It becomes "0". Further, as described above, in the case of a big hit game via a small hit, the opening in the small hit game is regarded as the execution of one round, so in the case of a 5R big hit, one opening in the small hit game (considered as one round). Is performed, and the control process is performed so as to open the remaining 4 rounds in the big hit game.

Also, if it is determined in S2105 that the jackpot end flag is ON (YES in S2105), since the final round has ended, then whether or not the execution time (ending time) of the jackpot ending effect has elapsed. Is determined (S2119). If it is determined by S2119 that the ending time has not elapsed (NO in S2119), the process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined in S2119 that the ending time has elapsed (YES in S2119), the jackpot end flag is turned off (S2120), and the game state setting process (S2121) described later is performed. Then, the jackpot flag is turned off (S2122), the special figure operation status is set to "1" (S2123), and the process is completed. As a result, in the next interrupt process, the special symbol standby process (S1102) is executed again as the special figure operation process (FIG. 20).

[Special electric accessory processing 2 (small hit game)]
As shown in FIG. 33, in the special electric accessory processing 2 (S1109), first, it is determined whether or not the first time saving state flag indicating that the gaming state is the first time saving state is ON (S2230). This is because if the game state at the time of a small hit is the first time saving state, the time saving flag is turned off and the game state is changed before the big winning opening (second big winning opening) by the small hit game is opened. This is to shift to a low base state. In this embodiment, the process of determining whether or not the game is in the first time reduction state and turning off the time reduction flag is performed along with the start processing of the small hit game, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment. For example, the timing for determining whether or not the gaming state at the time of a small hit is the first time saving state may be performed in the process of determining whether or not the second special symbol is correct. That is, when the small hit is in the first time saving state, if the time saving flag can be surely turned off before the big winning opening is opened by the small hit game, the time saving flag is turned off. You can do it at any time. Although the timing for turning off the time saving flag is different, the game state is changed to the time saving state (high base) based on the result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment (second special symbol winning / failing judgment) being a small hit. It shifts from the state (first time saving state) to the normal state (low base state).

When it is determined in S2230 that the first time saving state flag is ON, that is, a small hit in the first time saving state has occurred (YES in S2230), the time saving flag is turned OFF (S2231), and the process proceeds to S2201. .. As a result, the subsequent small hit game is executed in a low base state. On the other hand, when it is determined in S2230 that the first time saving state flag is not ON (NO in S2230), the process proceeds to S2201 as it is. As a result, when the time saving flag is ON in the second time saving state, the small hit game is executed with the time saving flag turned ON in the high base state. Further, even when a small hit occurs in the low base state where the time reduction flag is OFF, the small hit game is executed with the time reduction flag OFF in the low base state.

In S2201, it is determined whether or not the small hit end flag is ON (S2201). The small hit end flag is a flag indicating that all the opening of the second big winning opening 35 has been completed in the small hit game. When it is determined in S2201 that the small hit end flag is not ON (NO in S2201), it is determined whether or not the second large winning opening 35 is open (S2202). If S2202 determines that the big winning opening is not open (NO in S2202), it is time to open the second big winning opening 35 (timing), that is, the opening time of the small hit has passed. It is determined whether or not it is time to start the first opening, or whether it is time to start the next opening after the time of the interval between the multiple openings has elapsed (S2203).

If S2203 determines that it is not the opening timing of the big prize opening (NO in S2203), the process ends as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined in S2203 that it is the opening timing of the big winning opening (YES in S2203), the second big winning device 36 is opened in order to open the second big winning opening 35 according to the opening pattern of the small hit (see FIG. 6). (S2204), and in order to open the specific area 39 provided in the second prize-winning device 36, the operation of the movable piece (not shown) is started according to a predetermined operation pattern (S2205), and further. , The V validity period for determining that the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a is valid is set (S2206), and the process is completed. In addition, determining that the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a is valid means that the jackpot flag is turned on based on the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a, and the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a is turned on. Determining that the detection is invalid means that the jackpot flag is not turned on even if the game ball is detected by the specific area sensor 39a.

Here, in the first embodiment, the opening pattern of the second big winning opening 35 in the small hit game is set to the opening number of times “1 time” and the opening time “1.6 seconds”. Further, in the first embodiment, the operation pattern of the movable piece is such that the specific area 39 is opened for "0.75 seconds" with the start of opening of the second large winning opening 35, and then closed for "0.1 seconds". After the state, the open state is set again for "0.75 seconds", and the specific area 39 is closed in accordance with the closing of the second large winning opening 35. Further, in the first embodiment, the number during the opening of the second large winning opening 35 in the small hit game and after the closing of the second large winning opening 35 (after the opening of the second large winning opening 35 in the small hit game). Seconds are set as the V valid period. The V validity period is set not only during the opening of the 2nd prize opening 35 but also for a few seconds after the closing of the 2nd prize opening 35, for example, just before the opening of the 2nd prize opening 35 is completed. This is in consideration of the possibility that the game ball entered in the large winning opening 35 may be detected by the specific area sensor 39a (passing through the specific area 39) after the second large winning opening 35 is closed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of troubles such that the game ball that has entered the second large winning opening 35 does not become a big hit even though it has legitimately passed through the specific area 39. In the first embodiment, the V valid period is set to "2.6 seconds", and in addition to the opening time "1.6 seconds" of the second big winning opening 35 in the small hit game, after the second big winning opening 35 is closed. "1 second" is determined to be valid for detecting the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a.

When it is determined in S2202 that the second large winning opening 35 is being opened (YES in S2202), then the number of balls entered into the second large winning opening 35 is the specified maximum number of balls (in the first embodiment). It is determined whether or not the number has reached 10) (S2207). If it is determined by S2207 that the number of balls has not reached the specified number of balls (NO in S2207), then whether or not it is time to close the 2nd big winning opening 35, that is, open the 2nd big winning opening 35 Then, it is determined whether or not a predetermined opening time (see FIG. 6) has elapsed (S2208). Then, when it is determined in S2208 that the opening time of the second large winning opening 35 has not elapsed (NO in S2208), the process proceeds to S2211.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S2207 that the number of balls entered into the second large winning opening 35 has reached the specified number of balls entered (YES in S2207), or in S2208, the second large winning opening 35 is opened. When it is determined that the time has passed (YES in S2208), the second big winning opening 35 is closed (S2209), the value of the small hit open counter is decremented by 1 (S2210), and the process proceeds to S2211. In the first embodiment, since the opening pattern of the second big winning opening 35 in the small hit game is set to the number of opening times "1 time" and the opening time "1.6 seconds", the second big winning opening 35 is used. It is virtually impossible for 10 game balls to enter. From this, there is almost no possibility that an affirmative judgment will be made in the processing of S2207.

Next, in S2211, it is determined whether or not the game ball is detected by the specific area sensor 39a (whether or not the game ball has passed through the specific area 39) (S2211). If it is determined by the S2211 that the game ball has been detected by the specific area sensor (YES in S2211), the process proceeds to S2220 or later shown in FIG. 34, and if it is determined that there is no detection (NO in S2211), it is for small hits. It is determined whether or not the value of the open counter is "0" (S2212). When it is determined in S2212 that the value of the small hit open counter is not "0" (NO in S2212), the process ends as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined in S2212 that the value of the small hit open counter is "0" (YES in S2212), the process proceeds to the small hit end processing of S2213. In S2213, as the small hit end process for ending the small hit game, the small hit ending command is set and the small hit ending effect is started (S2214). Then, the small hit end flag is turned ON (S2315), and the process is completed. In the first embodiment, the small hit opening counter becomes "0" when the second large winning opening 35 is opened once.

In S2201, when the small hit end flag is ON, that is, when it is determined that the small hit game is executed and the game ball does not pass through the specific area (YES in S2201), the second big winning opening 35 is once. Since the opening is completed, it is determined whether or not the ending time of the small hit has elapsed (S2216), and if it is determined that the ending time has not elapsed (NO in S2216), the process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined in S2216 that the ending time has elapsed (YES in S2216), the small hit end flag is turned off (S2217), the small hit flag is turned off (S2218), and the process proceeds to S2232. In S2232, it is determined whether or not the first time saving state flag is ON (S2232), and if it is determined that the first time saving state flag is not ON (NO in S2232), the process proceeds to S2219. If it is determined in S2232 that the first time saving state flag is ON (YES in S2232), the first time saving state flag is turned OFF (S2233), and the process proceeds to S2219. In S2219, the special figure operation status is set to "1" (S2219), and the process is completed. As a result, in the next interrupt process, the special symbol standby process (S1102) is executed again as the special figure operation process (FIG. 20).

If a small hit occurs in the second game state, the time reduction flag is not switched from ON to OFF at the start of the small hit game. Further, at the end of the small hit game, the game state setting process (S2121, FIG. 35) is not performed. That is, when a small hit occurs in the first time saving state or the normal state, the game state is not changed before and after the execution of the small hit game. On the other hand, when a small hit occurs in the second time saving state, the game state is changed before and after the execution of the small hit game. This makes it possible to diversify the game state and enhance the game entertainment.

When it is determined in S2211 that the game ball is detected by the specific area sensor 39a (YES in S2211), the process for generating a big hit via the small hit V, that is, the small hit game is ended and the big hit game is started. Perform the process to make it. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34, it is determined whether or not the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a is the detection during the V valid period (S2220). Then, when the S2220 determines that the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a is during the V valid period (YES in S2220), the small hit flag is turned off (S2221), the big hit flag is turned on (S2222), and so on. Set the V-pass command (S2223). Here, in the first embodiment, as described above, the small hit flag is provided corresponding to each small hit type. Further, as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C, the type of big hit (5R big hit, 10R big hit) via the small hit V is determined according to the small hit type.

Further, in the first embodiment, the jackpot flags correspond to the special figure 1 jackpot flag A corresponding to the special figure 1 jackpot A, the special figure 1 jackpot flag B corresponding to the special figure 1 jackpot B, and the special figure 1 jackpot C. It has a special figure 1 big hit flag C and a special figure 2 big hit flag A corresponding to the special figure 2 big hit A. As the small hit flag, the special figure 2 small hit A flag corresponding to the special figure 2 small hit A, the special figure 2 small hit B flag corresponding to the special figure 2 small hit B, and the special figure 2 corresponding to the small hit C It has a 2 small hit C flag and a special 2 small hit D flag corresponding to the special 2 small hit D. Further, as the big hit flag set when the big hit is made by the small hit via V, the special figure 2 small hit via big hit A and the special figure 2 small hit via big hit B correspond to the special figure 2 small hit A via big hit. Corresponding special figure 2 small hit B via big hit flag, special figure 2 small hit C via big hit flag, special figure 2 small hit C via big hit flag, special figure 2 small hit D via big hit D Has a via jackpot flag.

For this reason, in S2222, based on the small hit flag that is turned off in S2221, that is, the small hit flag that is turned on in S1308 or S1608, the corresponding big hit via the small hit V jackpot type. Turn on the flag (one of the special figure 2 small hit A via big hit flag, the special figure 2 small hit B via big hit flag, the special figure 2 small hit C via big hit flag, and the special figure 2 small hit D via big hit flag) ( S2222).

In S2224, based on the jackpot flag turned ON in S2222, the value of the round counter that counts the number of rounds executed during the jackpot game is set, and the number of times of opening and opening of the first big winning opening 30 per round are set. Set the time (see FIG. 6) (S2224). In the first embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 6A to 6C, the number of rounds of the big hit game related to the big hit of V via the small hit is any of "5R" and "10R". As the value of the round counter, set either "4" or "9", which is obtained by subtracting the number of opening times performed in the small hit game, and set the number of opening times and the opening time of the second big winning opening as "1 time". "Set" 25 seconds ".

After finishing the processing of S2224, in order to start the big hit game, set the big hit opening command (S2225), start the opening effect of the big hit game (S2226), and set the special figure operation status to "4" (S2226). S2227). In addition, this opening command shall be a command that can identify that it is an opening command related to a big hit game executed by the fact that the game ball has passed V based on the small hit game (also referred to as "small hit V"). Is possible.

On the other hand, if it is determined in S2220 that the specific area sensor detected the game ball during the V valid period (NO in S2220), the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a this time is not legitimate and is incorrect. Since there is a possibility of this, error processing is performed without generating a large hit of V via a small hit (S2227), and the processing is finished as it is. As error processing, an abnormal state notification indicating that the detection of the game ball by the specific area sensor 39a has occurred when the V is not valid, or the ball enters the first starting port 20 or the second starting port 21. It is possible to exemplify a process of temporarily stopping (suspending) a process related to a special symbol change such as acquisition of various random numbers based on the above and a determination of whether or not a special symbol is correct. Further, the abnormal state notification and the temporary stop of the game progress by executing the error processing may be canceled by satisfying the predetermined cancellation condition, and the cancellation conditions include, for example, the passage of time, the power re-turning, the RAM clear, and the like. It can be exemplified.

[Game status setting process]
As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, in the game state setting process (S2121), first, when a big hit occurs (when a big hit is determined by the special symbol hit / fail judgment, the game ball passes through a specific area during the small hit game. It is determined whether or not the gaming state (when the game was played) was the time saving state (whether the time saving flag was ON or OFF, the high base state, or the low base state) (S2301). For example, by determining whether the second time saving state flag is ON, whether the first time saving state flag is ON, and the type of the big hit flag, when a big hit is made, the gaming state is changed to the time saving state. It is possible to determine whether or not it was. This is because the game state after the end of the big hit game is different depending on the big hit type related to the big hit game executed this time and the game state at the time of the big hit, even if the big hit type is the same (the period of the game state). ) Is possible.

For example, in determining whether or not the game state at the time of a big hit was a time saving state, if it is determined that the second time saving state flag is ON, the time saving at the time of a big hit regardless of any big hit is determined. It can be determined that the state is a reduced working hours state. In addition, when it is determined that the first time saving state flag is ON, when the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit), the time saving state at the time of the big hit is the time saving state. I can judge. On the other hand, in the case of a big hit of V via a small hit, it can be determined that the time saving state at the time of the big hit is not the time saving state. Further, when both the first time saving state flag and the second time saving state flag are OFF, it can be determined that the gaming state at the time of the big hit is not the time saving state (normal state) regardless of which big hit.

If it is determined in S2301 that the reduced working hours state at the time of a big hit is not the reduced working hours state, that is, the gaming state at the time of a big hit is a low base state (NO in S2301), then the big hit is made by passing through a specific area. That is, it is determined whether or not it is a big hit via a small hit (S2302). If it is determined in S2302 that it is not a big hit due to passing through a specific area, that is, the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit) (NO in S2302), it is judged whether the big hit type is special figure 2 big hit A ( S2303). When it is determined in S2303 that the jackpot type is special figure 2 jackpot A (YES in S2303), "500" is set in the time reduction counter (S2304), and it is determined whether the first time reduction status flag is ON (S2324). ), When it is determined that the first time saving state flag is ON (YES in S2324), the time saving flag is turned ON (S2305), the second time saving state flag is turned ON (S2306), and the process is completed. If it is determined in S2324 that the first time saving state flag is not ON (NO in S2324), the process proceeds to S2305. As a result, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the second time saving state.

When it is determined in S2303 that the jackpot type is not the special figure 2 jackpot A, that is, it is one of the special figure 1 jackpots A to C (NO in S2303), the time reduction counter is set to "90" or "50" depending on the jackpot type. "Or" 5 "is set (S2307), the time saving flag is turned ON (S2308), the first time saving state flag is turned ON (S2309), and the process is completed. As a result, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the first time saving state.

In S2302, it is determined that the big hit is due to passing through a specific area, that is, the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit and the big hit is generated by passing through the specific area during the small hit game (V via small hit). If this is the case (YES in S2302), set "90" or "50" in the time reduction counter depending on the small hit type (big hit type) (S2310), turn on the time reduction flag (S2311), and turn on the first time reduction status flag. (S2312) and finish the process. As a result, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the first time saving state.

If it is determined in S2301 that the reduced working hours state at the time of a big hit is the reduced working hours state, that is, the gaming state at the time of a big hit is a high base state (YES in S2301), then is it a big hit by passing through a specific area? That is, it is determined whether it is a big hit via a small hit (S2313). If it is determined in S2313 that it is not a big hit due to passing through a specific area, that is, the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (big hit direct hit) (NO in S2313), it is judged whether the big hit type is special figure 2 big hit A ( S2314). When it is determined in S2314 that the jackpot type is special figure 2 jackpot A (YES in S2314), "500" is set in the time reduction counter (S2315), and it is determined whether the first time reduction status flag is ON (S2326). ), When it is determined that the first time saving state flag is ON (YES in S2326), the first time saving state flag is turned OFF (S2327), the time saving flag is turned ON (S2316), and the second time saving state flag is turned ON. (S2306), the process is finished. When it is determined in S2326 that the first time saving state flag is not ON (NO in S2326), the process proceeds to S2316. As a result, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the second time saving state.

When it is determined in S2314 that the jackpot type is not the special figure 2 jackpot A, that is, it is one of the special figure 1 jackpots A to C (NO in S2314), the time saving counter is set to "90" regardless of the jackpot type. (S2318), turn on the time saving flag (S2319), turn on the second time saving state flag (S2320), and finish the process. As a result, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the second time saving state. In this embodiment, when a big hit occurs in a high base state, "500" is set in the time saving counter when the big hit type is special figure 2 big hit A, and when the big hit type is special figure 1 big hit A to C, the time saving counter is set. It was decided to set "90" to. In the case of a big hit in a high base state, regardless of whether the big hit type is special figure 2 big hit A or special figure 1 big hit A to C, the time reduction counter is set to "500". May be set. That is, when the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit in the high base state, the second time saving state may be shifted to the second time saving state, which is most advantageous to the player (the duration of the time saving state is long). As a result, the player can play the game with a sense of security.

In S2313, it is determined that the big hit is due to passing through a specific area, that is, the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a small hit and the big hit is generated by passing through the specific area during the small hit game (V via small hit). If this is the case (YES in S2313), set "90" to the time reduction counter (S2310), turn on the time reduction flag (S2311), and turn on the second time reduction status flag regardless of the small hit type (big hit type). (S2312) and finish the process. As a result, the game state after the end of the big hit game is set to the second time saving state. As a result, when a big hit is made via a small hit in the second time saving state, the set period (average value) of the time saving state becomes longer than that of the first time saving state, and after that, the second time saving state is set and the game is played. With a sense of security, the person can aim to obtain a large amount of game profits and enhance the game interest.

The value of the time reduction counter is decremented by 1 each time the special symbol is varied and displayed once, and when the value of the counter becomes "0", the gaming state changes from the high base state to the low base state.

[Reserved ball count processing]
As shown in FIG. 11, the game control microcomputer 81 performs the reserved ball number processing (S207) after the special figure operation processing (S206). In the reserved ball number processing (S207), as shown in FIG. 37, first, the special figure 1 reserved ball number, the special figure 2 reserved ball number, and the normal symbol reserved ball number stored in the RAM of the main control board 80 are read out (the number of reserved ball number). S2501). Next, the data of the number of reserved balls (the number of reserved balls command for transmitting the reserved ball number information to the sub control board 90 or the like) is set in the output buffer of the RAM (S2502).

[Power failure monitoring process]
As shown in FIG. 11, the game control microcomputer 81 performs a power failure monitoring process (S208) after the reserved ball number process (S207). In the power-off monitoring process (S208), as shown in FIG. 38, first, it is determined whether or not a power-off signal is input (S2601), and if there is no input (NO in S2601), the process ends. On the other hand, if there is an input of a power off signal (YES in S2601), the current state of the gaming machine (whether it is a probability change, whether it is a hit game, the number of reserved balls, the number of remaining fluctuations of the probability change / time reduction is some. Etc.) are stored in the RAM (S2602), the power off flag is turned on (S2603), and then loop processing is performed without returning to interrupt processing (FIG. 11).

[Sub-control main processing]
Next, the operation of the effect control microcomputer 91 will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 45. The counters, flags, statuses, buffers, etc. that appear in the operation description of the effect control microcomputer 91 are provided in the RAM of the sub control board 90 (sub control unit). When the power of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is turned on, the effect control microcomputer 91 provided on the sub control board 90 reads out the program of the sub control main process shown in FIG. 39 from the ROM of the sub control board 90 and executes it. .. As shown in the figure, in the sub-control main process, the CPU initialization process is first performed (S4001). In the CPU initialization process (S4001), stack setting, constant setting, CPU 92 setting, SIO, PIO, CTC (interrupt time controller) and other settings, and various flags, statuses, and counters are reset.

Subsequently, the S4002 determines whether or not the power cutoff signal is ON and the contents of the RAM of the sub control board 90 are normal (S4002). If the determination result is NO (NO in S4002), the RAM of the sub-control board 90 is initialized (S4003), and the process proceeds to S4004. On the other hand, if the determination result is YES (YES in S4002), the process proceeds to S4004 without initializing the RAM of the sub control board 90. That is, if the power off signal is not ON, or if the contents of the RAM are not normal even if the power off signal is ON (NO in S4002), the RAM of the sub control board 90 is initialized, but due to a power failure or the like. If the power off signal is turned on but the contents of the RAM are kept normal (YES in S4002), the RAM is not initialized. Initializing the RAM resets the values of various flags, statuses and counters. It should be noted that these S4001 to S4003 are executed only once after the power is turned on (at the time of turning on the power), and are not executed after that.

The S4004 disables interrupts. Next, the random number seed update process is executed (S4005). In the random number seed update process (S4005), the values of various random number counters for determining the effect are updated. The updated random number counter values are sequentially stored in a predetermined updated value storage area (not shown) of the RAM of the sub-control board 90. The random numbers for determining the effect include a random number for determining the advance effect that determines the advance effect and a random number for determining the effect symbol that determines the effect symbol. The random number update method can be the same as the random number update process performed by the main control board 80 described above. Instead of adding the random values by 1 at the time of updating, it may be added by 2 or the like. The random number for determining the effect is acquired at a predetermined timing. As this timing, for example, when a control signal (starting ball entry command) notifying that the starting ball has arrived is transmitted from the main control board 80, or a control signal notifying the start of fluctuation from the main control board 80 ( It can be used when a fluctuation start command) is transmitted, or when a fluctuation effect pattern, which will be described later, is determined. The storage location of the acquired random number for determining the effect is a predetermined random number counter value storage area (not shown) of the RAM of the sub-control board 90. In the first embodiment, the random numbers for determining the advance notice effect include a random number for determining the conversation advance notice, a random number for determining the step-up advance notice, a random number for determining the pseudo-variation advance notice, a random number for determining the movable part advance notice, and a random number for determining the advance notification effect. The advance notice effect to be executed is determined by using the acquisition value of these random numbers for the advance notice effect determination and each advance notice determination table (not shown).

When the random number seed update process (S4005) is completed, the command transmission process is executed (S4006). In the command transmission process, various commands (control signals) stored in the output buffer in the RAM of the sub control board 90 are transmitted to the image control board 100, the voice control board 106, and the lamp control board 107. Each control board (each control unit) that received the command uses various effect devices (image display device 7, speaker 67, board lamp 5, frame lamp 66, movable decorative member 14, etc.) according to the received command. Execute the production (production design game production, special game production associated with the big hit game and the small hit game, etc.). The effect control microcomputer 91 subsequently enables interrupts (S4007). After that, S4004 to S4007 are looped. While the interrupt is enabled, the receive interrupt process (S4008), the 2 ms timer interrupt process (S4009), and the 10 ms timer interrupt process (S4010) can be executed.

[Receive interrupt processing]
In the reception interrupt processing (S4008), as shown in FIG. 40, whether or not the strobe signal (STB signal) is ON, that is, the strobe signal sent from the main control board 80 is sent to the external INT input unit of the effect control microcomputer 91. Determine if it has been entered (S4101). Then, when it is determined in S4101 that the strobe signal is not ON (NO in S4101), the process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined in S4101 that the strobe signal is ON (YES in S4101), various commands transmitted from the main control board 80 are stored in the RAM of the sub control board 90 (S4102), and the process is completed. .. This receive interrupt process (S4008) is a process that is executed in preference to other interrupt processes (S4009, S4010).

[2ms timer interrupt processing]
The 2 ms timer interrupt process (S4009) is a process executed every time an interrupt pulse having a cycle of 2 msec is input to the sub control board 90. As shown in FIG. 41, in the 2ms timer interrupt processing (S4009), first, input processing for creating switch data (edge data and level data) based on the detection signals from the effect button detection switches 63c and 63d is performed (S4201). .. Subsequently, a lamp data output process for outputting the lamp data created by the 10 ms timer interrupt process described later is performed (S4202). Next, a drive data output process for creating and outputting drive data for driving the movable decorative member 14 is performed (S4203). Then, a watchdog timer process for resetting the watchdog timer is performed (S4204).

[10ms timer interrupt processing]
The 10 ms timer interrupt process (S4010) is a process executed every time an interrupt pulse having a cycle of 10 msec is input to the sub control board 90. As shown in FIG. 42, in the 10 ms timer interrupt process (S4010), first, the received command analysis process described later is performed (S4301). Then, after the big hit game is completed, the launch notification process is performed (S4302). In this post-big hit game launch notification process (S4302), when the game state after the big hit game is set to the low base state, the second special figure hold (second effect hold information) exists. Conditionally, it is a process for controlling (adjusting) the execution timing of the launch notification effect that suggests that the firing direction is returned from the right gaming area to the left gaming area, that is, the firing direction is changed from right-handed to left-handed.

Next, an illumination control process for creating output lamp data (data for controlling the lighting of the board lamp 5 and the frame lamp 66) and managing the effect time is performed (S4303). Next, a switch state acquisition process is performed in which the switch data created by the 2 ms timer interrupt process is stored in the RAM of the sub control board 90 as the switch data for the 10 ms timer interrupt process (S4304). Subsequently, a switch process for setting the display contents of the display screen 7a based on the switch data stored in the switch state acquisition process is performed (S4305). After that, other processing such as updating the random number for determining the effect is executed (S4306).

[Received command analysis processing]
As shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, in the reception command analysis process (S4301), first, it is determined whether or not the effect control microcomputer 91 has received the start input command from the main control board 80 (main control unit) ( S4401), if it is determined that the start entry command has been received (YES in S4401), the effect start process at the time of entry is performed (S4402), and the process proceeds to S4403. If it is determined that the start ball entry command has not been received by S4401 (NO in S4401), the process proceeds to S4403 without performing the effect start process at the time of ball entry. This effect start processing at the time of ball entry is executed when a start ball entry command indicating that the ball has entered the start port (first start port 20 or second start port 21) is received from the main control unit. This is a process, and by performing this process, undigested effect hold information can be stored in the effect hold storage unit (first effect hold storage unit 104 and second effect hold storage unit 105) of the sub control unit 90. Display control (control regarding the number of displays and changes in the display mode of the effect hold) of the effect hold (first effect hold 9a and second effect hold 9b) displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 can be performed, or a start port. A so-called look-ahead effect (also referred to as "pre-effect") is performed based on the acquired information acquired by the main control unit at the time of entering the ball.

When the game ball enters the first starting port 20, the information indicating the acquired information acquired based on the entry into the first starting port 20 is transmitted from the main control unit 80 to the sub control unit 90. It is transmitted and is added and stored as undigested effect hold information (effect information) in the first effect hold storage unit 104 of the sub control unit 90. The upper limit of the number of hold effect information (also referred to as "first effect hold") stored in the first effect hold storage unit is the number of first special figure hold stored in the first special figure hold storage unit. The number is the same as (4), and the number of memories at that time is also the same. Further, the upper limit of the number of hold effect information (also referred to as "second effect hold") stored in the second effect hold storage unit is the number of second special figure hold stored in the second special figure hold storage unit. The number is the same as (4), and the number of memories at that time is also the same. Further, when the variable start command described later is received, if it indicates the first special symbol, the oldest effect hold information stored in the corresponding first effect hold storage unit 104 is deleted. To. The same applies when a game ball enters the second starting port 21.

In S4403, it is determined whether or not a variation start command has been received from the main control unit (S4403), and if it is determined that a variation start command has been received (YES in S4403), the variation effect start processing described later is performed (S4404). , Move to the processing of S4407. If it is determined that the fluctuation start command has not been received by S4403 (NO in S4403), the process shifts to S4407 processing without performing fluctuation production start processing. In S4407, it is determined whether or not a fluctuation stop command has been received from the main control unit (S4407), and if it is determined that a fluctuation stop command has been received (YES in S4407), the variation effect end processing described later is performed (S4408). Move to the processing of S4409. If it is determined that the fluctuation stop command has not been received in S4407 (NO in S4407), the process shifts to the processing of S4409 without performing the fluctuation production end processing.

Subsequently, in S4409, if it is determined whether or not the opening command has been received from the main control unit (S4409), and if it is determined that the opening command has been received (YES in S4409), the opening command reception process is performed (S4410), and S4411 Move to the processing of. If it is determined that the opening command has not been received by S4409 (NO in S4409), the process proceeds to S4411 without performing the opening command reception processing. In S4411, it is determined whether or not the ending command has been received from the main control unit (S4411), and if it is determined that the ending command has been received (YES in S4411), the ending command reception process is performed (S4412), and the process of S4413 is performed. Transition. On the other hand, if it is determined in S4411 that the ending command has not been received (NO in S4411), the process proceeds to S4413 without performing the ending command reception process.

Subsequently, when it is determined whether or not a V passage command (a command indicating that V has passed based on the occurrence of a small hit game) has been received from the main control unit (S4413), and it is determined that a V passage command has been received. (YES in S4413), set the V passage notification command (S4414), and shift to the processing of S4415. In the V passing command, the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is any of the special figure 2 small hits A to D, and the game ball that entered the second big winning opening during the small hit game has a V valid period. This is a command from the main control board 80 to notify the sub control board 90 that a specific area has been passed through. When the V-passage notification command is transmitted to the image control board 100 (image control unit) or the like by the command transmission process (S4006), the CPU of the image control board 100 reads predetermined image information from the ROM of the image control board 100. Then, the big hit game effect is continued on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. As a result, the player is notified that the game ball passes through the specific area 39 and the big hit game is executed. On the other hand, if the V passage command cannot be received during the V valid period, characters such as "end" are displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, and the big hit game is produced without starting the big hit game. To finish. If it is determined in S4413 that the V passage command has not been received (NO in S4413), the process proceeds to S4415 without setting the V passage notification command. In S4415, other processing is executed and the processing is completed.

Even when the game ball detects a specific area outside the V valid period, it may receive a V passing command including information that can identify that the passage is outside the V valid period. Thereby, based on the reception of the V passage command outside the valid period, it is possible to perform error notification using the speaker 67 controlled by the sub control unit 90, the image display device 7, the frame lamp 66, the board lamp 5, and the like.

[Variation production start processing]
As shown in FIG. 45, in the variable effect start process (S4404), first, in S4501, the effect control microcomputer 91 acquires a random number for effect determination such as a random number for determining advance effect and a random number for determining effect symbol. Perform acquisition processing (S4501). Specifically, in this embodiment, as the random numbers for determining the advance notice effect, the random numbers for determining the conversation advance notice (also referred to as "random numbers for determining the first advance notice effect") and the random numbers for determining the step-up advance notice ("random number for determining the second advance notice effect"). (Also also called), random numbers for character advance notice determination (also referred to as "third advance notice effect determination random numbers"), moving part advance notice determination random numbers (also referred to as "fourth advance notice effect determination random numbers"), and advance notification effect determination random numbers. It has a random number (“random number for determining the 5th notice effect”), and at the timing when the fluctuation start command is received from the main control unit 80, the S4501 is processed and a predetermined value (acquisition information) is obtained from each random number. It will be acquired. In addition, in the advance notice effect setting process (S4506) described later, the advance notice effect (conversation notice, step-up notice, character notice, movable part) executed along with the variable display of the effect symbol (special symbol) based on the acquired value. Notice, advance notice), etc. will be decided.

Next, in S4502, the fluctuation start command is analyzed by the effect control microcomputer 91 (S4502). The variation start command includes a variation pattern designation command (information for designating a variation pattern) that specifies a variation pattern selected in the variation pattern selection process of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The information for designating the variation pattern includes the variation pattern information (P1 to P17) shown in FIG. 9, the game state information for designating the current gaming state, the first special symbol hit / miss determination or the second special symbol hit / fail determination. The determination result of the above, the symbol information for specifying the hit type, and the like are included (see FIG. 8). The variation pattern information, the game state information, the symbol information, and the like can be used in other processes other than the variation effect start process to be executed thereafter.

Next, in S4503, the effect control microcomputer 91 refers to the current mode status (S4503). The mode status is for determining the effect mode to be executed. The mode status is any value from "1" to "5", and each value is assigned to the effect modes A to E.

Here, the effect mode is an aspect of the effect in the image display device 7, and if the effect mode is different, a part or all of the effect modes of the game effect such as the advance notice effect and the reach effect are different. Specifically, the images displayed on the image display device 7 are different, such as different characters, items, and background images, and the effect symbol game effect can be executed in a mode corresponding to the effect mode. Further, when a plurality of game effects (notice effect, reach effect, etc.) are provided, different game effects may be executed depending on the effect mode. In this embodiment, the effect modes A, D, and E are executed when the low base state is controlled, and the effect mode B is executed when the high base state is controlled. Further, the effect mode C is controlled to a low base state after the end of the big hit game, and is executed when the second special symbol is variablely displayed. Therefore, by confirming which of the production modes A to C, the player can grasp the current gaming state.

Next, in the S4504, for determining a variable effect pattern (also referred to as an “effect pattern”) for the image display device 7, the board lamp 5, the movable decorative member 14, etc. controlled by the effect control microcomputer 91. Set the table (S4504). Specifically, as a table for determining the variation effect pattern, there is an effect symbol variation mode determination table for determining the variation mode of the effect symbol, although not shown, based on the variation pattern designation command received from the main control unit 80. It is set. In this embodiment, different effect symbol variation mode determination tables are set depending on the game state and the effect mode.

Next, in S4505, based on the variation effect pattern table set in S4504, a variation effect pattern that matches the specified variation pattern and corresponds to the effect mode indicated by the referenced mode status is selected (S4505). Further, in the S4505, among the variation effect patterns, the variation mode of the effect symbol displayed in the effect symbol display area 7b (the mode of the effect symbol game effect) is mainly determined. As a result, in the effect symbol game effect, when the reach effect is executed (reach-attached effect symbol game effect) and when the character effect performed using a specific character is executed (character effect symbol game effect), the reach effect and When the character effect is not executed (reach non-effect symbol game effect) is set.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, a plurality of reach effects (normal reach effect, super reach effect, etc.) and character effects are set as the variation mode of the effect symbol, and in S4505, the effect symbol variation mode is set. Based on the determination table, it is determined which of these effects is to be performed, or which of these effects is not to be performed (this is also referred to as "normal variation"). Then, it is possible to determine which of these effects is to be executed, and to perform a pre-notification effect that suggests the occurrence of the effect to be executed in advance.

Here, when the super reach effect is executed as the game effect, it is set so that the possibility of a big hit is higher than the case where the normal reach effect is executed. That is, it can be said that the super reach effect is a game effect with higher reliability (possibility of becoming a big hit) than the reach (normal reach) effect.

Next, the S4506 performs setting processing such as advance notice production. In the advance notice effect setting process (S4506), it is determined which of the advance notice effect types to execute the advance notice effect in the variable effect pattern based on the effect determination random number acquired in S4501. In addition, an effect symbol to be stopped and displayed (also referred to as a "stop effect symbol") is determined. These processes (S4505 and S4506) determine the variation effect pattern.

Next, the S4507 performs the remaining period effect determination process described later, executes the effect setting process for notifying the remaining period until the chance period, and shifts to the S4508. Next, in S4508, a variable effect start command for starting an effect symbol game effect or the like is set based on the variable effect pattern selected in S4505 to S4507 (S4508), and the variable effect start process is terminated.

Further, when the variable effect start command set in S4505 is transmitted to the image control board 100 by the command transmission process (S4006), the CPU of the image control board 100 outputs a predetermined effect image from the ROM of the image control board 100. It is read out, and the effect symbol game effect is performed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7.

The effect symbol that is stopped and displayed as a result of the effect symbol game effect is, for example, an odd number symbol such as "777" when the result of the first special symbol hit / fail determination is special figure 1 big hit A or special figure 1 big hit B. It is doublet, and in the case of special figure 1 jackpot C, it can be doublet with an even number such as "666". In addition, in the case of a small hit, a predetermined chance eye such as "135" or a special symbol for a small hit such as "3 ☆ 3" may be stopped and displayed, or three digits such as "444" may be displayed as in the case of a big hit. The same symbol may be stopped and displayed. In addition, when one of the three production symbols such as "787" is out of reach, one of the three production symbols is different from the other production symbols, and when it is out of reach, three productions such as "635" are produced. At least one of the symbols is selected as a different pattern from the other effects. It should be noted that the above-mentioned stop display mode of the effect symbol is an example, and it is possible to appropriately change what is stopped and displayed as the stop effect symbol when a big hit, a small hit, or a miss occurs.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 46 to 48, when the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit or a small hit, the game effect (big hit game effect, small hit game effect) executed on the display screen 7a will be described. do. FIGS. 46 (a) to 46 (c) are game effects when the result of the special symbol hit / miss determination is a big hit. In FIG. 46A, in a predetermined gaming state (for example, a normal state), the first special symbol hit / miss determination is executed based on the ball entering the first starting port, and the result of the first special symbol hit / miss determination is It becomes a hit (big hit (for example, special figure 1 big hit A)), and after the variable display of the effect symbol 8 is executed for a predetermined time on the display screen 7a, the three-digit same hit effect symbol (“777”, big hit effect symbol) Shows the scene where is stopped and displayed. Further, the display of the hit effect symbol is also referred to as a hit notification effect 201 (hit symbol combination, special notification effect).

FIG. 46 (b) shows a big hit game (hit game, first special game) based on the fact that the hit notification effect 201 is executed in FIG. 46 (a) in the scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 46 (a). ) Is shown in a scene in which the player is instructed to launch the game ball. In the normal state, the game is executed by hitting left, and in the big hit game, the small hit game, and in the time saving state, the game is executed by hitting right. Therefore, a "right-handed" instruction is given based on the execution of the jackpot game. Specifically, the specific character 210 is displayed on the left side of the display screen 7a, and the first launch direction notification effect 202 (special notification effect, first special notification effect) is executed on the right side of the specific character 210. To. In the first launch direction notification effect 202, the right arrow suggesting the launch of the game ball to the right game area and the character "right-handed" below the right arrow are displayed to the player to the right. It suggests launching a game ball into the game area. The scene of FIG. 46 (b) is continued from before the start of the big hit game to immediately after the start of the big hit game (until a predetermined time elapses or until the ball entering the big winning opening is detected). Further, the first launch direction notification effect 202 indicates to the player that the hit game is executed (started). It should be noted that the big hit game and the small hit game are collectively also referred to simply as "hit game". Further, the specific character 210 and the first launch direction notification effect 202 may be combined to form a "special notification effect (first special notification effect)".

Further, FIG. 46 (c) is a display mode (special game effect, big hit game effect) displayed during the execution of the big hit game after the start of the big hit game in the scene after the lapse of a predetermined time from FIG. 46 (b). .. On the left side of the display screen, the same specific character 210 as in FIG. 46 (b) is displayed in a display mode different from the display mode displayed in FIG. 46 (b). Further, on the right side of the display screen, the second launch direction notification effect 203 is executed. In the second launch direction notification effect 203, the right-handed character and the right arrow are displayed in a display mode different from the display mode displayed in FIG. 46 (b). A round display unit is provided below the right-handed character and the right arrow, and five "○" indicating the number of rounds are displayed. This shows that it is a big hit game of 5 rounds. Further, at the lower part of the display screen, an earned profit display unit 205 is provided, and "35 points" are displayed to indicate the amount of game profit given to the player (the number of game balls paid out). ..

The display mode (effect image) shown in FIG. 46 (b) is displayed at the timing of switching from the display mode (effect image) shown in FIG. 46 (b) to the display mode (effect image) shown in FIG. 46 (c). It may be after a predetermined time has elapsed since then. Further, based on the fact that the big hit game started (opening of the big winning opening) after the display mode (effect image) shown in FIG. 46 (b) was displayed (when the main image display started, before the big hit game started). Then, the display mode (effect image) shown in FIG. 46 (c) may be switched to. Further, after the display mode (effect image) shown in FIG. 46 (b) is displayed, a predetermined number of game balls (may be the first or a plurality of two or more) are displayed in the large winning opening. It may be switched when it detects that the ball has entered. Further, the display mode may be switched by combining the above-mentioned two or more arbitrary conditions and taking the condition that is satisfied earlier. For example, a predetermined number of game balls (which may be the first or a plurality of two or more) have entered (detected) in the large winning opening, and the display shown in FIG. 46 (b). The display mode may be switched when either one of the predetermined time elapses after the mode (effect image) is displayed is satisfied.

Next, using FIGS. 46 (d) to (f) and FIG. 47 (g), a small hit (second result, second specific result) is obtained and a small hit game (second special game) is executed. The game effect when the game ball passes through a specific area will be described. The big hit game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area during the small hit game. In FIG. 46 (d), in a predetermined gaming state (for example, the first time saving state), the second special symbol hit / miss determination is executed based on the ball entering the second starting port, and the second special symbol hit / miss determination is determined. The result is a hit (small hit (for example, special figure 2 small hit A)), and after the variable display of the effect symbol 8 is executed for a predetermined time on the display screen 7a, the three-digit identical hit effect symbol (“333”, A scene in which the hit effect symbol and the small hit effect symbol) are stopped and displayed is shown. Further, the display of the hit effect symbol is also referred to as a hit notification effect 201 (hit symbol combination, special notification effect).

It may be difficult to determine whether the hit is a small hit or a big hit just by looking at the small hit effect symbol (for example, "333"). In addition, by stopping and displaying a common hit effect symbol (for example, "333" or "777") between the big hit effect symbol and the small hit effect symbol, a small hit can be seen just by looking at the stop display hit effect symbol. It may be difficult to determine whether it was a big hit or a big hit. Further, the special symbol stops and displays different symbols for the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol, but the special symbol (special symbol display unit) is configured to be smaller in size than the effect symbol (effect symbol display unit).

FIG. 46 (e) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 46 (d) (before the start of the small hit game), and the hit notification effect 201 is executed in FIG. 46 (d) (the small hit effect symbol is stopped and displayed). Based on this, a scene is shown in which the player is instructed to launch the game ball in order to execute the small hit game (hit game). As described above, in the hit game (big hit game, small hit game), the game is executed by right-handed. Therefore, the instruction of "right-handed" is given based on the execution of the hit game (small hit game). Specifically, as in FIG. 46B, the specific character 210 is displayed on the left side of the display screen 7a, and the first launch direction notification effect 202 (special notification effect,) is displayed on the right side of the specific character 210. The first special notification effect) is executed. In the first launch direction notification effect 202, a right arrow suggesting the launch of the game ball to the right game area and a character of "right-handed" are displayed below the right arrow. That is, in the first launch direction notification effect (launch direction notification effect) executed before the start of the hit game shown in FIG. 46 (e), the result of the special symbol hit / miss determination is a big hit (first specific result, first result). It is common to the time (FIG. 46 (b)) and the small hit (second specific result, second result) (FIG. 46 (e)). Further, the scene of FIG. 46 (e) is continued from a predetermined time before the start of the small hit game to the start (before) of the small hit game. Further, the specific character 210 and the first launch direction notification effect 202 may be combined to form a "special notification effect (first special notification effect)".

Further, FIG. 46 (f) is a display mode displayed during execution of the small hit game after the start of the small hit game in the scene after the lapse of a predetermined time from FIG. 46 (e). In FIG. 46 (f), in addition to the display mode (first launch direction notification effect) of FIG. 46 (e), the remaining time display unit 206 is provided in the lower display area of the display screen, and the remaining time display unit 206 is provided. The remaining time 206a of the small hit game is displayed in real time as progress (subtraction display). The remaining time display (additional notification effect, remaining time display effect) in the remaining time display unit indicates the remaining period (remaining time) of the small hit game, and the player has the remaining time set to "0" (remaining time). Before the time runs out), that is, during the execution period of this small hit game (until the small hit game ends), the game ball is made to enter the second large winning opening and pass through a specific area (specific condition). It is necessary to establish). The display screen shown in FIG. 46 (f) is in a display state in which both the special notification effect (first special notification effect) and the additional notification effect are displayed.

When the jackpot effect symbol is stopped and displayed (the result of the special symbol hit / miss judgment becomes a jackpot (hereinafter, also referred to as "direct hit jackpot")) and the hit game starts, the small hit effect symbol is stopped and displayed (special). In either case, the hit notification effect 201 (stop display of the hit symbol combination) is executed, and then the common first launch direction is executed. The notification effect 202 is executed. Then, when the jackpot game is started by the direct hit jackpot, the jackpot round effect indicating that the round game of the jackpot game is being executed after the common first launch direction notification effect 202 is executed (FIG. 46 (c)). Etc.). On the other hand, when the small hit game is started by a small hit, after the common first launch direction notification effect 202 is executed, the remaining time display unit (different additional display unit) is displayed on the common first launch direction notification effect 202. ) Is executed, and the specific condition is satisfied (the game ball passes through the specific area) during the execution of the second first launch direction notification effect. Shift to the big hit round production (Fig. 47 (g), etc.) common to c). The presence / absence of the remaining time display unit 206 (whether or not the second first launch direction notification effect is executed) is a big hit game in which the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a direct hit big hit, and the result of the special symbol hit / miss judgment is small. This is different from the small hit game that starts as a hit.

Further, in the small hit game, the big hit game is started by satisfying a specific condition (the game ball passes through the specific area) during the execution of the second first launch direction notification effect. Based on the start of the big hit game in this small hit game, the above-mentioned common big hit round effect (FIG. 47 (g) and the like) is executed. Further, if the game ball is passed through a specific area during the small hit game (before the remaining time becomes "0"), the big hit occurs at that time, and the first launch direction notification effect 202 of FIG. 46 (b) is again obtained. Immediately shifts to the jackpot game effect (big hit round effect) shown in FIG. 47 (g) without executing.

FIG. 47 (g) shows a game ball entering the second big winning opening during the small hit game shown in FIG. 46 (f), and the game ball passes through a specific area to make a big hit (hereinafter, “via small hit”). It is also called "big hit") and shows the scene where the big hit game (first special game) is started. In this embodiment, in the big hit game effect (big hit round effect, special game effect) executed in the big hit game executed as a big hit via the small hit, the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is the big hit (direct hit big hit). The display mode is set to the same as that of the big hit game effect (big hit round effect, special game effect) executed. As a result, in the embodiment of the present embodiment, there is little difference in the game effect executed by the end of the big hit game between the big hit game started by the direct hit big hit and the big hit game started by the big hit via the small hit. The player can execute the big hit that is executed at any time without any discomfort. Further, this makes it possible to smoothly play a game without understanding the complicated game playability. On the other hand, a skilled player who has a good understanding of complicated gameplay is started by a big hit game started by a direct hit big hit and a big hit via a small hit depending on whether or not the second first launch direction notification effect is executed. By distinguishing from the big hit game and understanding the difference between the big hit games, it is possible to enjoy the game more deeply and enhance the game entertainment.

However, not limited to such an embodiment, there are cases where a big hit is made via a small hit (a big hit via a small hit) and a case where the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit (direct hit big hit). The display mode of the round effect) may be different. This may make it easier to distinguish between the big hit game started by the direct hit big hit and the big hit game started by the big hit via the small hit. Since the jackpot game shown in FIG. 47 (g) is a jackpot for 10 rounds, the number of “◯” displayed on the round display unit is 10. Since other display modes are the same as those in FIG. 46 (c), the description thereof will be omitted. During the execution of the small hit game (during the execution of the second first launch direction notification effect) (before the remaining time becomes "0"), the specific condition could not be satisfied (the game in the specific area). When the ball does not pass (the ball does not pass), the hit game (small hit game) without becoming a big hit (without executing the big hit game), that is, without executing the big hit round effect shown in FIG. 47 (g). ) Is executed to notify the end of the hit game (small hit game).

Further, as described above, the pachinko gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment has a high base state (time reduction state, first time reduction state, second time reduction state) and a low base state (normal state, non-time reduction state) as gaming states. It is possible to change the gaming state based on the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination being a big hit or a small hit. In particular, the change of the gaming state from the low base state (normal state) to the high base state (time saving state, first time saving state, second time saving state) is executed after the big hit game is completed. The pachinko gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment does not change the gaming state through such a big hit or a small hit, but changes the gaming state from a low base state (normal state) to a high base without going through the big hit and the small hit. It has a function to change to a state (time saving state, first time saving state, second time saving state).

Specifically, after the jackpot game is completed or when the power is turned on (when the power is turned on after the RAM is cleared), the variation display of the special symbol is executed a predetermined specific number of times (for example, 550 times) (for example, 550 times). However, the gaming state is changed from the low base state (normal state) to the high base state (time reduction state, first time reduction state, second time reduction state) based on the fact that the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is off). In addition, it has a counting means for counting the number of times the change of the special symbol is displayed after the big hit game is finished or when the power is turned on (when the power is turned on after the RAM is cleared), and the change display of the special symbol is displayed in advance. If the result of the special symbol hit / miss judgment becomes a big hit before the specified number of times is executed, the count of the specified number of times is reset.

Further, when the count value of the counting means reaches a specific number of times, the gaming state is changed from the low base state (normal state) to the high base state (time reduction state, first time reduction state, second time reduction state). It may be a high base state and may change to a second time saving state. Further, the setting period of the second time saving state may be set to a period having the same length as the longest period of the time saving state set after the big hit game (for example, 500 times), or the time saving set after the big hit game. It may be set to a longer period (eg, 800 times) than the longest period of the state. Further, instead of such an embodiment, when the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit or a small hit, the count of a specific number of times may be reset. Further, when the jackpot game is executed, the count of a specific number of times may be reset. Further, when the big hit game or the small hit game is executed, the count of a specific number of times may be reset.

In addition, the specific number of times is longer than the longest period of the time saving state set after the big hit game. As a result, regardless of the time saving state set after the big hit game, even if the normal state is entered without becoming a big hit during the time saving state, the low base state is reached by reaching a specific number of times. It is possible to change from the (normal state) to the high base state (time saving state, first time saving state, second time saving state). By having such a function, it is possible to provide an advantageous gaming state to a player who cannot obtain a big hit even after playing a game for a long time without going through a big hit, and to protect the player. .. Further, as a result, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol approaches a specific number of times, it becomes difficult for the player to stop the game, so that it is possible to improve the operating rate of the gaming machine.

In addition, the chance period (second time saving state) to shift by continuously executing the deviation fluctuation of a specific number of times (550 times) is once during the big hit game or between the initial state and the big hit game. Shall only be executed. Therefore, for example, even if the chance period (for example, 800 times) ends and the deviation fluctuation of a specific number of times (550 times) is continuously executed, the chance period is not set again. If there is no big hit during the chance period, the chance period ends and the gaming state shifts to the low base state. In addition, the deviation fluctuation means the fluctuation display that did not become a big hit. In addition, a small hit may be included in the deviation fluctuation.

The above-mentioned game state change function will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 (a) to 47 (e) and FIGS. 48 (f) to 48 (i). FIG. 47A shows a scene in which the first special symbol hit / miss determination is executed in the normal state, and the effect symbol is variablely displayed based on the determination result of the first special symbol hit / miss determination. As shown in FIG. 47 (a), three first effect hold 9a (pictures of "○") are displayed in the first effect hold display area 9c (first effect hold display unit) at the lower left of the display screen 7a. ing. It is shown that there are three undigested information (information such as a special symbol hit / miss determination random number) acquired and stored based on the entry into the first starting port 20. Further, in the variable pattern display area 9e at the center of the lower part of the display screen 7a, one variable pattern 9f is displayed as a “◯” pattern slightly larger than the first effect hold 9a. In the variable pattern display area 9e, a variable pattern 9f indicating that the variable display is currently being executed is displayed. Then, depending on the display mode of the variable pattern 9f, the result of the variable display currently being executed may be a big hit (stop display with the big hit symbol).

In FIG. 47 (b), as a result of the variable display of the effect symbol 8 shown in FIG. 47 (a), the off effect symbol (“367”) in which at least one of the three effect symbols is different from the other effect symbols is stopped and displayed. It shows the scene that was done. That is, it is a variable display of the effected symbol executed based on the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination being out of order. FIG. 47 (c) shows a scene in which the next effect symbol variation display is started based on the end of the effect symbol variation display in FIG. 47 (b). A chance period display unit 207 indicating the remaining period until the chance period is displayed at the upper part of the display screen 7a, and the game state is changed from a low base state (disadvantageous state) to a high base state (disadvantageous state) on the chance period display unit 207. The remaining number of times (remaining period) until the change to the advantageous state) is displayed.

The chance period display unit 207 displays "50 more times!". As a result, the result of the variation display of the effect symbol continues to be out of order 50 times later (by continuously executing the deviation variation), and the deviation variation is continuously executed a specific number of times (550 times). Next (a special condition is satisfied), the player is notified that the game state changes to a high base state (the chance period starts) without going through a big hit. As described above, when the remaining number of times until the count value of the counting means reaches the specific number of times (550 times) becomes the second number of times (50 times), the chance period display unit 207 for notifying the remaining number of times is displayed. Since the high base state (chance period) executed by consecutive deviation fluctuations a specific number of times is the second time saving state that is most advantageous in the gaming state set in this pachinko gaming machine, the player displays the chance period. When the part 207 is displayed, there are some players who play the game with a different sense of the game than until the chance period display part 207 is displayed, such as playing a game in the expectation that the big hit will occur rather than the occurrence of a big hit. appear. This makes it possible to provide a variety of playability and enhance the interest in the game.

Further, when the chance period display unit is displayed, the current state (game status) is advantageous for the player by displaying the specific character 210 displayed in association with the above-mentioned big hit game or small hit game (game status). It suggests that it is in the game situation). As a result, the player intuitively feels that it is advantageous, and it becomes possible to enhance the game entertainment. FIG. 47 (d) shows a scene in which the variable display of the next effect symbol of FIG. 47 (c) is being executed, and the result of the variable display of the effect symbol of FIG. 47 (c) is out of order. , It is shown that the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 has reached 49 times. That is, it is shown that the chance period (high base state, second time saving state) is reached by continuing the deviation fluctuation 49 times after including the result of the fluctuation display during execution.

In FIG. 47 (e), 48 deviation fluctuations are continuously executed from the variation display of the effect symbol shown in FIG. 47 (d), and the remaining one is until the chance period (high base state, second time reduction state). It shows the scene that became. The chance period display unit 207 displays "One more time!", Indicating that the remaining period 207a has become one time. That is, it shows a scene in which the deviation variation is executed 549 times in succession and the 550th variation display is being executed.

FIG. 48 (f) shows a scene in which the result of the variation display of the effect symbol shown in FIG. 47 (e) is out of alignment, the continuous deviation variation of a specific number of times (550 times) is achieved, and the chance period transition effect 208 is executed. Shows. In the chance period transition effect 208, the specific character 210 is displayed on the left side of the display screen, and one effect symbol (“7”) is displayed in the substantially center of the display screen. Based on the end of the variation display of the effect symbol of the specific number of times, the player shifts to an advantageous state, but the result of the variation display of the effect symbol of the specific number of times is out of order (big hit game). It is not possible to display the same winning symbol combination for 3 digits (because it is not executed).

Therefore, it is suggested to the player that the player is in an advantageous state by displaying only one effect symbol. In addition, the effect symbol (“7”, transition symbol) indicating the transition to the chance period transition effect 208 is the most as a jackpot symbol displayed based on the result of the special symbol hit / fail determination being a hit (big hit). It is preferable to use an effect symbol (“777”) corresponding to an advantageous jackpot (an effect symbol or the like indicating the determination of the second time saving state). This makes it possible for the player to easily understand the transition to the advantageous state (second time saving state). Further, in this embodiment, the number of effect symbols displayed in the chance period transition effect 208 is one (“7”), but two same effect symbols (for example, “77”) may be used.

FIG. 48 (g) shows a scene in which the chance period transition effect 208 of FIG. 48 (f) is continuously executed. On the display screen 7a, the specific character 210 and the characters "Entering the second time saving state !!" indicating that the gaming state shifts to the second time saving state are displayed. Further, these chance period transition effects 208 are executed during the variable display period of the effect symbols (special symbols).

FIG. 48 (h) shows a scene in which the chance period transition effect 208 executed in FIG. 48 (g) is terminated and the result of the variation display at a specific number of times is displayed. On the display screen, the specific character 210 is displayed, and at least one of the three effect symbols is stopped and displayed as an outlier symbol (outlier symbol combination, "678") different from the other effect symbols. Further, it is preferable to include the effect symbol (“7”, transition symbol) displayed in the chance period transition effect 208 in one of the outlier symbol combinations. In this embodiment, the out-of-symbol symbol combination is set to "678", and the mode includes the transition symbol "7". That is, it is shown that the result of the variation display of the effect symbol at the specific number of times is out of order, and the out-of-order symbol of the stopped display is "678".

FIG. 48 (i) shows a scene in which the variable display of the next effect symbol is started based on the end of the variable display of the effect symbol shown in FIG. 48 (h). In FIG. 48 (h), a special condition is satisfied in which the deviation variation is continuously executed a specific number of times, and the gaming state is set to the second time saving state from the next variation display of the specific number of times shown in FIG. 48 (i). ing. A game state notification unit 209 is provided on the display screen, and a mode display of a "second time reduction state" indicating that the game state has changed from a low base state to a high base state (and a more advantageous second time reduction state) ( The game status suggestion display) is made. In this embodiment, the second time saving state set in the chance period is assumed to continue until the deviation fluctuation is executed 800 times continuously.

Since this second time saving state is given to a player who has not executed the big hit game for a long period of time, this set number of times is set to a long period enough to guarantee the next big hit. Is preferable. For example, the number of big hits with a probability of 95% or more and the number of big hits with a probability of 99% or more can be set. Further, the second time saving state may be set until the next big hit occurs. As a result, the player can play the game with a sense of security, and it is possible to avoid as much as possible a situation in which the player shifts to the normal state again without obtaining the big hit game in the second time saving state set.

Next, the execution mode (effect mode, transition effect mode) of the chance period of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 49 to 53. FIG. 49A shows a scene in which the first special symbol hit / miss determination is executed in the normal state, and the effect symbol is variablely displayed based on the determination result of the first special symbol hit / miss determination. As shown in FIG. 49 (a), three first effect hold 9a (pictures of "○") are displayed in the first effect hold display area 9c (first effect hold display unit) at the lower left of the display screen 7a. ing. It is shown that there are three undigested information (information such as a special symbol hit / miss determination random number) acquired and stored based on the entry into the first starting port 20. Further, in the variable pattern display area 9e at the center of the lower part of the display screen 7a, one variable pattern 9f is displayed as a “◯” pattern slightly larger than the first effect hold 9a. In the variable pattern display area 9e, a variable pattern 9f indicating that the variable display is currently being executed is displayed. Then, depending on the display mode of the variable pattern 9f, the result of the variable display currently being executed may be a big hit (stop display with the big hit symbol).

In FIG. 49 (b), as a result of the variable display of the effect symbol 8 shown in FIG. 49 (a), the off effect symbol (“367”) in which at least one of the three effect symbols is different from the other effect symbols is stopped and displayed. It shows the scene that was done. That is, it is a variable display of the effected symbol executed based on the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination being out of order. FIG. 49 (c) shows a scene in which the next effect symbol variation display is started based on the end of the effect symbol variation display in FIG. 49 (b). At the upper part of the display screen 7a, a display of "count mode start" indicating that the count mode has been entered is made. This count mode (first count effect) is an effect mode for notifying the player that the execution of the chance period is approaching, and the period until the chance period is a specific period (later, the variable display of the special symbol is displayed by 50). It will be executed when the chance period is reached when it is executed once.

Further, on the upper right side of the display screen 7a, a chance period display unit 207 indicating the remaining period until the chance period is displayed, and the chance period display unit 207 executes the chance period (variation display of the special symbol 800 times). Remaining number of times (remaining period is displayed) until the second time saving state that continues until. That is, the remaining number of times (remaining period) 207a until the gaming state changes from the low base state (disadvantageous state, first specific state) to the high base state (advantageous state, second time saving state, second specific state) Is displayed. Specifically, the chance period display unit 207 displays "50 more times!". As a result, in the normal state (low base state, first specific state), the result of the variation display of the effect symbol (special symbol) continues to be out of alignment 50 times later (the deviation variation is continuously executed). ), The deviation fluctuation has been executed a specific number of times (550 times) in succession (a special condition is satisfied), and the game state is in a time saving state (high base state, second time saving state, second) without going through a big hit. The player is notified that the change to (a specific state) (the chance period starts).

As described above, when the remaining number of times until the count value of the counting means reaches the specific number of times (550 times) becomes the second number of times (50 times), the chance period display unit 207 for notifying the remaining number of times is displayed. Further, in the count mode, since the end of the previous jackpot game, the variation display (hereinafter, also referred to as “displacement variation”) in which the result of the variation display of the special symbol is out of order is continuously executed for the first time (500). Is executed on condition of. That is, when the count value of the counting means reaches the first number of times (500 times), the count mode is executed, and when the count value reaches a specific number of times (550 times), the chance period is executed. The count value of the counting means is reset (becomes "0") when the big hit is reached, and the measurement is performed again from 1 after the big hit is completed.

In addition, the high base state (chance period, second time saving state) executed by consecutive deviation fluctuations a specific number of times (550 times) is the most advantageous second time saving state in the gaming state set in this pachinko gaming machine. Therefore, when the chance period display unit 207 is displayed (when the count mode is executed), the player can perform the subsequent period (the period when the count mode is executed) rather than the big hit. Play the game in the hope that it will be out of the way. Therefore, before and after the chance period display unit 207 is displayed (the count mode is executed), there are players who play games with different game sensations (expecting a big hit or expecting a loss). .. This makes it possible to provide a variety of playability and enhance the interest in the game.

Further, in the second embodiment, during the execution of the count mode, the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) displayed in association with the above-mentioned big hit game and small hit game are displayed. Display and execute the battle effect 222 in which these ally characters 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) fight. Depending on the execution status of this battle effect (whether the ally character wins, the enemy character wins, the situation where it cannot be settled (win, lose, draw), etc.), the current state (game status) in the count mode is the game. It suggests whether it is in an advantageous state (gaming situation) for the person.

As a result, the player can intuitively feel whether the situation is advantageous or unfavorable by seeing the battle effect or the additional effect performed along with the battle effect, and enhance the game interest. Further, at the lower right of the display screen, a condition notification unit 228 showing the conditions for shifting to the chance period is provided, and "the chance period if it does not lose to 0" is displayed. As a result, the player can easily recognize that the transition to the chance period occurs when the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 becomes "0" (or disappears).

FIG. 49 (d) executes the variation display of the next effect symbol of FIG. 49 (c), and stops the off effect symbol (“382”) based on the fact that the result of the special symbol pass / fail determination is out of order. Shows the displayed scene. Further, it is shown that the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 is 49 times based on the execution of the variation display of the effect symbol once in the count mode. That is, it is shown that the chance period (high base state, second time saving state) is reached by continuing the deviation fluctuation 49 times (the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is deviation).

FIG. 49 (e) shows a scene in which the variation display 29 times after the variation display of FIG. 49 (d) is being executed. Further, the count mode shown in FIG. 49 (e) continues, and the result of the variation display (29 times) executed between FIGS. 49 (d) and 49 (e) (special symbol winning / failing determination). The result) indicates that they were all out of order. In addition, the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 is 20 times, and the chance period (high base) is continued by the subsequent 20 times deviation fluctuation (the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is deviation). It is shown that the state (second time saving state) is reached. If a big hit occurs during the execution of the count mode, the count mode ends and the count value of the counting means is reset to "0". FIG. 49 (f) shows a scene in which the same variation display as in FIG. 49 (e) is being executed and a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 49 (e). In the display area on the left side of the display screen, the effect symbol is the reach mode 225 (“4 ↓ 4”) in which the “4” symbol is the reach symbol, and the scene where the reach effect is executed is shown.

FIG. 50 (g) shows a scene in which the same variation display as in FIG. 49 (f) is being executed and a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 49 (f). Further, the count mode shown in FIG. 49 (f) is continuously executed. Further, in FIG. 50 (g), the reach effect (“4 ↓ 4”) executed in FIG. 49 (f) is continuously executed. As mentioned above, the count mode ends when it becomes a big hit. Therefore, the execution of the reach effect (battle effect) may end the count mode, which is not preferable for the player. The chance period executed by satisfying the condition in the count mode (not losing until "0", that is, the deviation fluctuation continues until it becomes "0") is more than the big hit occurring in the count mode. Great value for the player (there is a high probability that the profits will be large, and the average number of balls won will be high). Therefore, even though the chance period has come to the point where the chance period is executed only by executing the deviation fluctuation 20 times in succession, if a big hit occurs at this timing, some profit can be obtained by the big hit game. The execution of the chance period (the game benefit obtained by the execution of the chance period) is missed, which is relatively disadvantageous to the player.

Therefore, in order to show that it is not advantageous for the player to make a big hit at this timing (the count mode may end due to the occurrence of the reach effect), the status notification unit 229 at the top of the display screen is displayed. , "Pinch Pinch Pinch" is displayed. Further, in the substantially central part of the display screen, a battle effect 222 in which the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) fight is executed, and the enemy character 224 attacks the ally character 223. It is shown. If the enemy character wins over the ally character (when the ally character is defeated), it becomes a big hit (first specific big hit), and the final stop symbol is stopped and displayed with the same "4" symbol as the reach symbol ("444"). .. Then, the count mode is terminated, and the big hit game (first specific big hit game) is executed.

As will be described in detail later, the battle effect (reach effect) in the count mode is (the result of the game effect), and when the enemy character wins (when the first execution mode is adopted), the special symbol pass / fail judgment (first). The result of the special symbol winning / failing determination) becomes the first specific jackpot (“444”), which is relatively disadvantageous to the player, and the count mode is terminated. In addition, when the ally character wins (when the second execution mode is adopted), the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination (first special symbol winning / failing determination) is relatively advantageous to the player (more advantageous than the first specific jackpot). The second specific jackpot (“777”) is reached and the count mode is terminated. In addition, if both characters (friend character and enemy character) cannot be settled (when the third execution mode is adopted), the result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment is out of order and the count mode is continued (in this case, the game). It will be the most advantageous game situation for the person).

In the reach effect (battle effect) in the count mode, first, the "4" symbol constituting the jackpot symbol ("444") that is stopped and displayed when a relatively disadvantageous jackpot (first specific jackpot) is reached is reached. Start as a symbol. Then, in the case of the first specific jackpot, a predetermined character effect (an effect in which the enemy character wins or the ally character is defeated) is executed, and the final stop symbol is stopped and displayed with the same "4" symbol as the reach symbol, and the jackpot is displayed. The symbol (“444”) is displayed as a fixed stop. In addition, in the case of the second specific jackpot, when the reach symbol is changed from the "4" symbol ("4 ↓ 4", the first symbol, the disadvantageous symbol) to a relatively advantageous jackpot (second specific jackpot). Change to the "7" symbol (second symbol, advantageous symbol) that constitutes the jackpot symbol ("777") that is stopped and displayed at ("7 ↓ 7"), and perform the specified character effect (effect that the ally character wins). The final stop symbol is stopped and displayed with the same "7" symbol as the reach symbol, and the jackpot symbol ("777") is fixedly stopped and displayed. In addition, if it is out of alignment, the final stop symbol is different from the reach symbol ("4" symbol) by executing a predetermined character effect (an effect in which the fight between the ally character and the enemy character continues, an effect that withstands the attack). A symbol (for example, "5" symbol) is stopped and displayed, and a deviated symbol ("454", a combination of deviated symbols) is fixedly stopped and displayed. In the reach effect (battle effect) in the count mode, when the reach symbol change effect (symbol change effect) in which the reach symbol changes from the "4" symbol to the "7" symbol is performed, a big hit (second specific) is always performed. It may be a big hit).

FIG. 50 (h) shows the same variation display as in FIG. 50 (g), and shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 50 (g). Further, the count mode shown in FIG. 50 (g) continues. In FIG. 50 (h), the reach effect (battle effect) that was being executed is off (the result of the special symbol hit / miss judgment is off), and the fight between the ally character and the enemy character continues (the effect that withstands the attack). Is executed, the final stop symbol is stopped and displayed with a symbol (“5” symbol) different from the reach symbol (“4” symbol), and the off symbol (“454”) is fixedly stopped and displayed. The status notification unit 229 displays "Continued to endure!" (Indicating that the result is favorable to the player (off)), and the reach is out (off fluctuation), and the count mode is continued. To be notified. Further, since the reach deviation (disengagement fluctuation) is confirmed, the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 is reduced by 1 to 19 times.

FIG. 50 (i) shows a scene of the variation display 18 times after the variation display of FIG. 50 (h). Further, the count mode shown in FIG. 50 (h) continues, and the result of the variation display (18 times) executed between FIGS. 50 (h) and 50 (i) (special symbol winning / failing determination). The result) indicates that they were all out of order. Further, since the fluctuation display shown in FIG. 50 (i) is also displayed as a definite stop display due to the deviation fluctuation (“246”), the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 is once. That is, it is shown that if the fluctuation occurs once (the next fluctuation display) is out of order (the result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment is out of order), the chance period (high base state, second time saving state) is entered. ing.

FIG. 50 (j) shows a scene in which the next variable display of the variable display of FIG. 50 (i) is executed. The variation display in FIG. 50 (j) is the 50th variation display from the start of the count mode, and is also the 550th variation display after the end of the previous jackpot game. Further, in the left side display area (effect symbol display unit) of the display screen, an outlier symbol (“234”) indicating that the result of the executed variation display (result of the special symbol hit / miss determination) is out of order is displayed and counted. It shows a scene in which the 50th variation display from the start of the mode is confirmed by the deviation (the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is confirmed by the deviation). Further, the remaining period 207a displayed on the chance period display unit 207 is 0 times. Condition notification by simultaneously displaying that the remaining period displayed on the chance period display unit 207 is "0" times and the condition display of the condition notification unit 228 (chance period if it does not lose to "0"). The player can grasp that the condition (special condition) shown in the part 228 has been achieved. As a result, it is confirmed that the next fluctuation display will shift to the chance period (high base state, second time saving state).

Further, in the center of the display screen, the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) are displayed facing each other, indicating that the battle between the two characters has not been settled. .. That is, it is shown that the ally character 223 (first character) did not lose to the enemy character 224 (second character) according to the conditions shown in the condition notification unit 229.

Further, the out-of-order symbol when the special condition is satisfied may be a predetermined symbol (symbol combination) (“234” in this embodiment). That is, in this embodiment, when the deviation variation is executed 550 times (specified number of times) continuously from the end of the big hit game, a privilege (chance period) is given, and the 550th time (specified number of times) is given. If the variable display of is out of alignment, the predetermined special out-of-order symbol (“234” in this embodiment, special out-of-symbol combination, chance period fixed symbol, first special out-of-order symbol) shall be stopped and displayed. .. As a result, the player can grasp the achievement of the special condition, that is, the transition to the chance period, by confirming that the stop symbol of the specific number of times (50th in the count mode) has become the special off symbol. It becomes possible. In addition, this enables the player to enhance the interest in the game. Further, in the present embodiment, there is a case where the chance period is entered without going through the count mode. In such a case, the out-of-order symbol when the special condition is satisfied is a predetermined special out-of-design symbol. The second special out-of-order symbol (for example, "367", the second chance period confirmed symbol) different from the above may be used. As a result, the player can grasp what kind of production process has been followed to shift to the chance period by looking at the type of the out-of-design symbol when the special condition is satisfied.

FIG. 50 (k) shows a scene in which the next variable display of the variable display of FIG. 50 (i) is executed. As described above, in the scene shown in FIG. 50 (j), the chance period is started from the variation display shown in FIG. 50 (k) because the special condition is satisfied. Further, since the chance period starts from the variation display next to the variation display in which the special condition is satisfied, in this embodiment, the variation display in which the special condition is achieved (established) (the 550th variation display since the end of the previous big hit game). Instead, the chance period is in the next variation display (variation display in FIG. 50 (k), 551st variation display) after the variation display (the 550th variation display since the end of the previous big hit game) that achieved (established) the special condition. Achievement effect 231 indicating that the transition to is successful is executed.

In the center of the display screen, the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) displayed in the previous variation display (variation display that achieved special conditions) are displayed facing each other in the same manner. Has been done. In addition, with the start of the variation display of the effect symbol, in the left side display area (effect symbol display section) of the display screen, the stop symbol (special off symbol, "234" of the previous variation display (variation display that achieved the special condition) ") Is displayed in a variable manner (sway fluctuation) in a predetermined display mode. Further, in the upper right display area of the display screen, the launch direction notification unit 230 is displayed at the start of the chance period. The launch direction notification unit 230 displayed at this timing (before the execution of the achievement effect or before the end of the achievement effect) indicates the launch direction in a less conspicuous manner than the launch direction notification unit 230 displayed after the end of the achievement effect. .. In this embodiment, the display time is set to be relatively short (compared to the launch direction notification unit after the achievement effect is completed). In addition to this, the display size may be reduced or the display color may be made inconspicuous. In addition, the launch direction notification unit displays an "arrow symbol indicating right-handed and right-handed" indicating that the launching direction of the game ball is in the right game area (indicating that the left game area has been switched to the right game area). do.

This means that the launch direction notification unit 230 is displayed at the timing when the game state is switched in order to show the fairness of the game, but the effect is that the chance period has started after the achievement effect is executed. The effect of displaying the indicated launch direction notification unit is higher. Therefore, in this variation display (variation display at the start of the chance period), the launch direction notification unit is displayed for a predetermined time (about 1 second) and then temporarily terminated (erased), and after the achievement effect is executed, the launch direction notification unit 230 is again displayed. Is to be displayed. The launch direction notification unit display to be executed again is displayed for a longer time than the launch direction notification unit display to be executed first. Specifically, after that, unless there are circumstances such as executing a special game production, the display is continued until the chance period ends.

FIG. 50 (l) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 50 (k). In the center of the display screen, the word "achievement" is displayed in large size, and the deviation fluctuation is executed 50 times (second time) in the count mode, and the achievement effect indicating that the special condition for shifting to the chance period has been achieved. 231 is executed. In addition, the achievement effect 231 is executed, and the display of the launch direction notification unit displayed in FIG. 50 (k) is temporarily terminated (erased). In addition, on the back side of the achievement effect (achievement character), the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) are displayed facing each other in the same manner, and the previous variation display (special condition is achieved). It shows a scene in which a stop symbol (special out-of-order symbol, “234”) of (variation display) is displayed in a fluctuation display (sway fluctuation) in a predetermined display mode.

FIG. 51 (m) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 50 (l). Further, the achievement effect 231 of FIG. 50 (l) is continuously executed. In the center of the display screen, the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R (“234”) are enlarged and displayed while being variablely displayed, and the scene where the second ally character 227 (third character) is displayed together with the effect symbol is shown. There is. FIG. 51 (n) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 51 (m). In addition, the achievement effect of FIG. 51 (m) is continuously executed. In FIG. 51 (n), a symbol increase effect for increasing the number of effect symbols to be displayed is executed, and the second ally character 227 attacks the increased symbols in order to change the effect symbols into different display modes. A scene in which the display mode change effect 238 (design change effect, rush effect) is performed is shown.

In this embodiment, the game is played using the effect symbols having different display modes depending on the effect mode (count mode, chance period, etc.). For example, the first effect symbol 211 is used in the normal state (low base state, count mode), which is a relatively disadvantageous game state for the player, and the first effect is used in the game state (high base state), which is relatively advantageous to the player. A second effect symbol 212 having a different display mode from the symbol is used. Further, even in the gaming state (high base state) which is relatively advantageous to the player, the display mode differs depending on whether it is the first time saving state (first high base state) or the second time saving state (second high base state). A directing pattern may be used. The symbol display mode change effect 238 (design change effect, rush effect) is a first effect symbol 211 used in a normal state (low base state, count mode), which is a relatively disadvantageous game state for the player. This is an effect of changing to the second effect symbol 212 used in a relatively advantageous gaming state (high base state).

FIG. 51 (o) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 51 (n). In addition, the achievement effect 231 and the symbol display mode change effect 238 of FIG. 51 (n) are continuously executed. In the central part of the display screen, the second ally character 227 attacks the first effect symbol 211 displayed on the display screen in order (performs a special effect in contact with the first effect symbol) and attacks (performs a special effect). ) The first effect symbol 211 is changed to the second effect symbol 212. Specifically, the effect symbols "1" and "2" are changed from the first effect symbol 211 to the second effect symbol 212.

FIG. 51 (p) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 51 (o). In addition, the achievement effect 231 and the symbol display mode change effect 238 of FIG. 51 (o) are continuously executed. The central part of the display screen shows a scene in which the second ally character 227 executes a special effect to change all the first effect symbols displayed on the display screen into the second effect symbol. This indicates that the subsequent game is executed by the second effect symbol 212, that is, the game shifts to a game state (high base state) that is advantageous to the player.

FIG. 51 (q) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 51 (p). In addition, the achievement effect 231 of FIG. 51 (p) is continuously executed. In FIG. 51 (p), the transition mode notification effect 233 is executed in the central portion of the display screen. In the transition mode notification effect 233 of FIG. 51 (p), the first chance period notification effect 233a, which is executed when the transition to the chance period via the count mode, is executed.

FIG. 51 (r) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed in the same variation display as in FIG. 51 (q). Further, the achievement effect 231 of FIG. 51 (q) is continuously executed. FIG. 51 (r) shows a scene in which the effect symbol is deviated and the fixed stop display is performed, and the variable display (first time in the chance period) executed from FIG. 50 (k) is terminated. In the center of the display screen, the out-of-order symbol (“234”, the third special out-of-design symbol) composed of the second effect symbol is stopped and displayed. Further, an effect mode notification unit 221 is provided on the upper left of the display screen to display the "chance period" to indicate that the effect mode being executed is the chance period. Further, a launch direction notification unit 230 is provided on the upper right side of the display screen, and a "right-handed and right-arrow symbol" for instructing the game to be played by firing the game ball in the right game area is displayed. Further, on the right side of the display screen, a ally character 223 (first character) is displayed to indicate that the chance period has been successfully executed.

The deviated symbol (“234”) that is fixedly stopped and displayed in the first variation display in the chance period is the same as the last deviating symbol (“234”) in the count mode (variation display that has achieved the special condition) and has a different display mode. It is said to be a number pattern. That is, in the achievement effect executed in the first variation display in the chance period, the display mode (the same number) of the last stop symbol (special deviation symbol) in the count mode (of the variation display that achieved the special condition) is changed. It is said to be a production to do. The deviated symbol in the first variable display in the chance period in which the numbers are the same and the display mode is changed is also referred to as a special deviated symbol 240 (third special deviated symbol). However, the special out-of-order symbol 240 is stopped and displayed in the first variation display in the chance period only when the result of the first special symbol hit / miss determination is out of order. If the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit, the reach effect is executed and the first effect symbol 211 is performed along with the first variation display in the chance period without executing the achievement effect. The predetermined jackpot symbol (for example, "777") is fixedly stopped and displayed. That is, even when the chance period is reached, there are cases where the achievement effect is executed and cases where the achievement effect is not executed.

FIGS. 52 (a) to 52 (c) show an execution mode in which the first big hit (disadvantageous big hit, first specific big hit) is performed during the execution of the count mode. That is, an execution mode in which a big hit (first specific big hit) is performed without satisfying the special condition (before the deviation fluctuation continuously reaches a specific number of times) is shown. FIG. 52 (a) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 50 (g) in the same variation display as in FIG. 50 (g). Further, in FIG. 52 (a), the count mode shown in FIG. 50 (g) and the reach effect (“4 ↓ 4”, battle effect) shown in FIG. 50 (g) are continuously executed. ..

As described above, the count mode continues when the deviation fluctuation is continuous, and ends when the jackpot is reached. Therefore, the execution of the reach effect (battle effect) is an effect of notifying that the count mode may end (the chance period cannot be executed), and the player is in an unfavorable gaming situation. Shows. In FIG. 52 (a), as in FIG. 50 (g), a “pinch pinch pinch” is displayed on the status notification unit 229 at the upper part of the display screen. Further, in the substantially central part of the display screen, a battle effect 222 in which the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) fight is executed, and the enemy character 224 further attacks the ally character 223. The scene is shown.

FIG. 52 (b) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 52 (a) in the same variation display as in FIG. 52 (a). Further, in FIG. 52 (b), in the reach effect (“4 ↓ 4”, battle effect 222) shown in FIG. 52 (a), the enemy character 224 defeated the ally character 223 (the ally character 223 was defeated). The scene is shown. In addition, the character "LOSE" indicating that the ally character 223 has been defeated is displayed at the upper part of the display screen, and the final stop symbol is stopped at the same "4" symbol as the reach symbol in the left display area of the display screen. The hit symbol 234 (first specific jackpot symbol, jackpot symbol, "444") is displayed as a fixed stop display. As a result, the jackpot in the count mode is confirmed, and the count mode ends without satisfying the special conditions, that is, the player is notified that the chance period could not be executed at this opportunity. To.

FIG. 52 (c) shows a scene in which the second hit notification effect 237 (notification of the first specific big hit) is executed based on the big hit in FIG. 52 (b). As mentioned above, this jackpot is not a favorable game situation for the player, so the game is played by firing a game ball in the right game area without directly displaying characters indicating the jackpot such as "big hit" or "congratulations". The launch direction notification unit 230 for notifying that the operation is performed is displayed in a relatively large size. In addition, since the result of the special symbol pass / fail judgment is not a deviation (it is a hit), the direct character display indicating the deviation such as "missing" or "sorry" is not performed. As a result, the fairness of the game can be ensured. Further, in this way, the jackpot game (first specific jackpot game, special feature) is not so conspicuous by notifying the start / execution of the jackpot game by the launch direction notification unit 230 without directly displaying the characters indicating the jackpot. FIG. 1 The jackpot game related to the jackpot C) is executed, and after the jackpot game is completed, the game state (the first time reduction state of 5 times reduction) corresponding to the jackpot game is entered.

In the above-mentioned example, a case where a big hit (first specific big hit, special figure 1 big hit C) which is relatively disadvantageous to the player during the execution of the count mode is described. Next, with reference to FIGS. 52 (d) to 52 (f), an execution mode in which the second big hit (advantageous big hit, second specific big hit) is shown during the execution of the count mode is shown. That is, as described above, an execution mode in which a big hit (first specific big hit) is obtained without satisfying the special condition (before the deviation fluctuation continuously reaches a specific number of times) is shown. This execution mode is the same in that the count mode is terminated without satisfying the special conditions, but since it is a big hit that is more advantageous to the player than the above-mentioned execution mode, the fluctuation display related to the big hit is being displayed. As a game effect and a big hit notification effect, different game effects are executed.

FIG. 52 (d) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 50 (g) in the same variation display as in FIG. 50 (g). Further, in FIG. 52 (d), the count mode shown in FIG. 50 (g) and the reach effect (“4 ↓ 4”, battle effect) shown in FIG. 50 (g) are continuously executed. .. In FIG. 52 (d), as in FIG. 50 (g), the battle effect 222 in which the ally character 223 (first character) and the enemy character 224 (second character) fight is continued, and the ally character 223 is the enemy. A scene is shown in which the character 224 avoids the attack. That is, it indicates that it is an attack chance of a ally character.

Further, the reach symbol 225 shown in the reach mode of FIG. 50 (g) was a "4" symbol ("4 ↓ 4") suggesting a disadvantageous jackpot (first specific jackpot), and the ally character 223 is an enemy character. By executing the effect (advantageous effect) that avoids the attack of 224, the reach symbol changes from the "4" symbol ("4 ↓ 4") to the "7" symbol that suggests an advantageous jackpot (second jackpot) (2nd jackpot). The scene changed to "7 ↓ 7") is shown. This reach symbol is changed from a symbol (“4”) suggesting an unfavorable jackpot (first specific jackpot) to a symbol (“7”) suggesting an advantageous jackpot (second specific jackpot) with the above-mentioned advantageous effect. The changing effect is called the symbol change effect 232 (design type change effect). The upper part of the display screen shows a scene in which the reach symbol is changed to "7 ↓ 7" as a result of executing the symbol change effect 232 (design type change effect).

FIG. 52 (e) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 52 (d) in the same variation display as in FIG. 52 (d). Further, FIG. 52 (e) shows a scene in which the ally character 223 defeats the enemy character 224 in the reach effect (“7 ↓ 7”, battle effect 222) shown in FIG. 52 (d). In addition, the character "WIN" indicating that the ally character 223 has won is displayed at the upper part of the display screen, and the final stop symbol is stopped at the same "7" symbol as the reach symbol in the left display area of the display screen. The hit symbol 234 (second specific jackpot symbol, jackpot symbol, "777") is displayed as a fixed stop display. As a result, the jackpot in the count mode is confirmed, and the count mode ends without satisfying the special conditions, that is, the player is notified that the chance period could not be executed at this opportunity. To.

FIG. 52 (f) shows a scene in which the first hit notification effect 236 (notification of the second specific jackpot) is executed based on the jackpot (second specific jackpot) in FIG. 52 (e). .. As described above, this jackpot is not a favorable gaming situation for the player compared to the chance period being executed, so the direct character display indicating the jackpot such as "big hit" or "congratulations" is not performed. On the other hand, since it is a jackpot that is more advantageous to the player than the jackpot (first specific jackpot) described above, the first hit notification effect 236 is executed. In the first hit notification effect 236, the jackpot symbol is displayed large (using a display area of 1/3 or more) in the center of the display screen (“777”). In addition, at the upper part of the display screen, a "super special mode entry" is displayed, which indicates that the player will shift to a production mode that is relatively advantageous for the player, although it is not as long as the chance period. Further, the launch direction notification unit 230 is displayed in the upper right display area of the display screen to notify the right game area of launching a game ball to play a game. In addition, by this jackpot (second specific jackpot, special figure 1 jackpot A or special figure 1 jackpot B), a jackpot game (second specific jackpot game, special figure 1 jackpot A or special figure 1 jackpot B) is played. After the big hit game is completed, the game shifts to the game state corresponding to the big hit game (the first time saving state of 50 times or 90 times of the time saving).

Next, with reference to FIGS. 53 (a) and 53 (b), an execution mode for shifting to the chance period without going through the count mode will be described. The count mode, which is one of the effect modes, is executed by continuously executing the deviation fluctuation 500 times (first number of times) from the end of the big hit game. Then, in the count mode, the deviation fluctuations are continuously executed 50 times (second number of times), so that the deviation fluctuations are continuously executed 550 times (first number + second number of times) from the end of the big hit game. By being executed, the chance period is reached, and the gaming state shifts from the low base state to the high base state (second time saving state). Further, this chance period (high base state, second time saving state) is continued until the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed 800 times.

Further, in the pachinko gaming machine of the present embodiment, there is a case where the pachinko gaming machine shifts to the chance period without going through the count mode as the effect mode. Specifically, when the pachinko gaming machine is initialized by RAM clear processing, the previous jackpot information is deleted. In this initialization state, when the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed 550 times, the chance period shifts to the chance period without executing the count mode in the middle. In addition, even if the RAM is not cleared, if the out-of-order fluctuation is continuously executed 550 times in a state where the jackpot information at the time of shipment from the factory is not stored, the chance period is not executed in the middle of the count mode. Move to. In addition, when the power is turned on, if the RAM is not cleared (initialized) and the previous jackpot occurrence information is stored (backed up), the continuous number of deviation fluctuations from the end of the jackpot game is stored. It has been (backed up). Then, when the total number of the stored number of consecutive deviation fluctuations and the continuous number of deviation fluctuations executed after the power is turned on reaches 500 (first number), the count mode is executed. Then, in the count mode, when the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed 50 times (second number of times), the chance period is entered.

In addition, when the power is turned on, if the RAM is not cleared (initialized), the continuous number of deviation fluctuations from the end of the previous jackpot game is stored (backed up), and the stored deviation fluctuations are stored. When the number of times the sum of the continuous number of consecutive times and the continuous number of deviation fluctuations executed after the power is turned on is between 501 and 550 (that is, the period during which the count mode is originally executed), the count mode is used. Is not executed. Then, when the total number of the stored number of consecutive deviation fluctuations and the continuous number of deviation fluctuations executed after the power is turned on reaches 550, the chance period is entered.

FIG. 53A shows a scene in which the 550th deviation variation is continuously executed from the initialized state. In the effect mode (normal effect mode) in which the count mode and the effect mode are different, the scene in which the first effect symbol 211 is removed and the fixed stop display is displayed by the symbol 226 is shown. Further, when the count mode is not passed, the 550th missed symbol is different from the special missed symbol (first special missed symbol) in the above-mentioned count mode (second special missed symbol, chance period confirmed symbol, "367". ").

FIG. 53 (b) shows an execution scene of the next variation display of FIG. 53 (a). That is, it is the 551st variation display from the initialized state. In the center of the display screen, as the transition mode notification effect 233, the second chance period notification effect 233b indicating that the gaming state has shifted to the chance period is largely displayed. The transition mode notification effect (first chance period notification effect 233a) executed via the count mode and the transition mode notification effect (second chance period notification effect 233b) executed without going through the count mode are The display mode is different. In addition, the effect symbol is variablely displayed in the upper left part of the display screen, and the launch direction notification unit 230 for notifying the player to shoot the game ball in the right game area is displayed in the lower right part of the display screen. To.

Further, although not shown, it has a super special mode and a special mode as an effect mode to be set when a predetermined condition is satisfied (specifically, after the big hit is completed). In this super special mode, when the special figure 1 jackpot A or the special figure 1 jackpot B, which is relatively advantageous to the player, is obtained in the normal state (low base state, normal effect mode, first specific state), the jackpot is said. It is an effect mode (super special mode) set after the end of the game, and in the super special mode, the game state is set to the first time reduction state (time reduction number of times 50 or 90 times, second specific state). In addition, the special mode is an effect mode (super special) that is set after the end of the big hit game when the special figure 1 big hit C, which is relatively disadvantageous to the player, is obtained in the normal state (low base state, normal effect mode). Mode), and the gaming state is set to the first time reduction state (time reduction number of times 5 times, second specific state) in the super special mode. That is, since the super special mode has a large number of time reductions, the special mode has a small number of time reductions, so that the super special mode is more likely to generate another big hit during the time reduction state than the special mode. Therefore, for the player, the super special mode is more advantageous than the special mode.

Further, in both of these super special modes (second count effect) and special mode (second count effect), a remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period of the effect mode (time saving state, high base state) on the display screen. (Second remaining period display unit) is provided (for example, display such as "remaining 10 times"). Then, in any of the effect modes, the remaining period (remaining number of times) displayed on the remaining period display unit is subtracted each time the variable display is executed, and the remaining period (remaining number of times) is "0 (specific value)". When it becomes, the effect mode is terminated and the mode shifts to the normal effect mode. The game state in the normal production mode is a low base state. That is, it shifts from an advantageous gaming state (high base state) to an unfavorable gaming state (low base state). In these super special mode, special mode, and normal effect mode, at least one of the display mode of the background image displayed on the display screen, the display mode of the effect symbol, the type of the advance notice effect, the type of reach effect, and the like is used. It's different.

Next, using FIGS. 54 and 55, the remaining period effect determining process (1st notification effect, 2nd notification effect, count mode) for notifying the remaining period until the chance period is determined (1st notification effect, 2nd notification effect, count mode). S4507) will be described. In this embodiment, as a game effect for notifying the remaining period until the chance period, there are three types (plural) remaining period notification effects having different display modes. One of them is the above-mentioned count mode (third notification effect, first count effect, third remaining period notification effect). Since this count mode has been described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted, and here, the first notification effect (first remaining period notification effect) and the second notification effect (second remaining period notification effect) will be mainly described.

In the remaining period effect determination process (S4507), first, it is determined whether or not the variation display of the effect symbol to be executed is out of alignment (out of place, non-specific result, result of special symbol hit / miss determination is out of order) (S5001). If the S5001 determines that it is not an out-of-order fluctuation, that is, it is a jackpot fluctuation (specific result, the result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment is a jackpot) (NO in S5001), the count value (value) of the chance counter described later is set to "0". Reset (S5006), reset the count value (value) of the notification counter to "0" (S5007), and finish the process.

If the S5001 determines that the fluctuation is out of alignment (YES in the S5001), then it is determined whether the current gaming state (directing mode) is in the chance period (S5002). If the S5002 determines that the current game state (directing mode) is the chance period (YES in the S5002), the process ends. Since this control process is a process for determining the effect of notifying the remaining period up to the chance period when the chance period has not been executed, the notification effect is not executed when the chance period has already been executed. ..

If it is determined by S5002 that it is not currently in the chance period (NO in S5002), 1 is added to the chance counter (S5003), and the process proceeds to S5004. The chance counter is a counter that counts the number of consecutive executions of deviation fluctuations, and is incremented by 1 each time the variation display of the effect symbol (special symbol) is executed. In addition, the chance counter executes the continuous number of deviation fluctuations from the end of the previous jackpot game, but if the previous jackpot information is not stored, specifically, the RAM is cleared (initialized) when the power is turned on. When processing is performed, the number of continuous deviation fluctuations from the time when the power is turned on with the RAM clear is counted. If the previous jackpot information is not stored at the time of factory shipment, the number of continuous deviation fluctuations after factory shipment is counted. In addition, the count value of the chance counter is subject to backup, and even when the power is turned off, it is stored for a predetermined period of time unless the RAM is cleared, and when the power is turned on (power turned on), the backed up power supply is used. The value of the chance counter at the time of OFF is restored, and after the power is turned ON, the value is continuously counted.

In the S5004, it is determined whether or not the count mode is being executed as the current effect mode. If the S5004 determines that the count mode is being executed (YES in the S5004), the process ends. As described above, during the execution of the count mode (first count effect, third remaining period notification effect, third notification effect), the chance period display unit 207 notifies the remaining period (remaining number of times 207a) until the chance period. Therefore, the first notification effect (first remaining period notification effect) and the second notification effect (second remaining period notification effect) are not executed. Therefore, if the count mode is executed before the execution (execution timing) of the first notification effect and / and the second notification effect, the first notification effect and / and the second notification effect are not executed. do.

In addition, if the count mode is executed before the execution (execution timing) of the first notification effect, the first notification effect is not executed, and the second notification effect is about. May be executed at the timing when the count mode is executed or at the execution timing of the second notification effect (100 fluctuations from the power-on). Since the first notification effect only indirectly and (roughly) displays that the remaining period until the chance period is relatively short by character display, the remaining period until the chance period is displayed by the variable number of times. When the count mode for clearly displaying (notifying) is executed, there is no point in executing the first notification effect. Therefore, if the cant mode is executed first, the first notification effect is not executed even when the execution timing of the first notification effect arrives.

On the other hand, since the second notification effect is an effect of clearly displaying (notifying) the remaining period up to the chance period by the number of variable display times, as in the count mode, the second notification effect is performed even when the count mode is executed. It cannot be said that the significance of executing the notification effect is lost. Therefore, the second notification effect may be executed in duplicate with the count mode.

If the S5004 determines that the count mode is not running (NO on the S5004), then it determines if the chance counter value is 1350 or higher. Here, "the value of the chance counter is 1350" will be described. When the value of the chance counter becomes 550 times, that is, when the deviation from the previous big hit game end (or RAM clear state or the state where no big hit has occurred) is continuously executed 550 times, the game state (or the game state (or the state where the big hit has never occurred)). The production mode) shifts to the chance period (high base state, time saving state, second time saving state). Further, in the chance period, when the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed 800 times, the game state (effect mode) shifts to the normal state (low base state). That is, when the value of the chance counter becomes 1350, the deviation fluctuation is executed 1350 times continuously, and the gaming state changes from the chance period (high base state, time reduction state, second time reduction state) to the normal state (low base state). Means to move to. Since the chance period is set only once at the end of the previous big hit game (or in the RAM clear state or the state where the big hit has never occurred), when the chance period has passed, the remaining period notification effect is executed. There is no. Therefore, when it is determined that the value of the chance counter is 1350 or more (YES in S5005), the process ends without setting the remaining period notification effect.

If the S5005 determines that the chance counter value is not 1350 or higher (NO in the S5005), that is, if it determines that the chance period has never been set since the end of the previous jackpot, then the chance counter value is 500. It is determined whether or not it is (first number of times) (S5008). When it is determined that the value of the chance counter is 500, that is, the deviation from the previous big hit game end (or RAM clear state or the state where no big hit has occurred) has been executed 500 times in succession (in S5008). YES), then determine if the previous jackpot game information is stored (S5014). When it is determined in S5014 that the previous jackpot information is stored (RAM is not cleared when the power is turned on this time) (YES in S5014), the count mode (1st count effect, 3rd remaining period notification effect, 1st 3 Set (set) the notification effect) (S5015), and finish the process. As described above, in this embodiment, the execution of the count mode is executed in preference to the first notification effect and the second notification effect.

On the other hand, if it is determined by S5014 that the previous jackpot game information is not stored (RAM was cleared when the power was turned on this time, or no jackpot has occurred) (NO in S5014), S5009 Move to processing. Even if the deviation fluctuation is executed 500 times in succession (when the value of the chance counter becomes 500), the count mode may or may not be executed. It is possible to execute 1 notification effect and / or 2 notification effect. In S5009, it is determined whether or not there was a big hit after the power was turned on, that is, whether or not it was the first hit after the power was turned on (S5009). If the S5009 determines that there was a big hit after turning on the power (YES in the S5009), the process ends.

In this embodiment, the first notification effect and the second notification effect are executed only once after the power is turned on and before the chance period is executed, for the purpose of improving the operating rate of the gaming machine after the opening of the game store. .. Therefore, if a big hit occurs even once after the power is turned on, the first notification effect and the second notification effect are not executed unless the power is turned off. By seeing the first notification effect and / or the second notification effect, the player can determine whether or not the gaming machine has been subjected to RAM clear (initialization processing) processing, and can play the game. This makes it possible to add a capture element to the gaming machine and enhance the entertainment of the gaming machine. Further, instead of such an aspect, the first notification effect and the second notification effect may be executed any number of times as long as the execution conditions are satisfied. Further, the first notification effect may be executed only once after the power is turned on and before the chance period is executed, and the second notification effect may be executed as many times as long as the execution condition is satisfied. Further, in the present embodiment, the previous jackpot information storage means (first jackpot information storage means) for storing the previous jackpot information and the post-turn jackpot information storage means (second jackpot information storage means) for storing the jackpot information after the power is turned on. ), And the stored information of the previous jackpot information storage means (first jackpot information storage means) is targeted for backup, and the stored information of the jackpot information storage means (second jackpot information storage means) after input is not subject to backup. ..

When the S5009 determines that there is no big hit after the power is turned on (NO in the S5009), 1 is added to the notification counter (S5010), and it is determined whether the value of the notification counter is 50 (S5011). When it is determined in S5011 that the value of the notification counter is 50, that is, the power is turned off and the fluctuation is continuously executed 50 times (YES in S5011), the process proceeds to S5012. In S5012, if it is determined whether the value of the chance counter is 400 or more (S5012) and it is determined that the value of the chance counter is not 400 or more (NO in S5012), the process is completed without executing the first notification effect. .. As described above, in this embodiment, the case where the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed 50 times (when the first condition and the first execution condition are satisfied) in a state where a big hit has not occurred since the power was turned on. However, if the remaining period until the chance period is longer than the specific period (a period requiring more than 150 fluctuations), the first notification effect is not executed. When it is determined in S5012 that the value of the chance counter is 400 or more, that is, the number of remaining fluctuations until the chance period is within 150 times (special number of times) (YES in S5012), the first notification effect (No. 1) 1 Set the remaining period notification effect (set the first notification effect execution command) (S5013), and finish the process.

Further, as shown in FIG. 56 (c), the first notification effect only displays the predetermined notification character 421a, and does not clearly display the remaining number of times (remaining variation display number), so that the player can use it. Although it is possible to grasp that the chance period is approaching (not so far) by the first notification effect, it is not possible to grasp the exact remaining period. For example, the time when the continuous deviation fluctuation of 50 times (first specific number of times) is achieved from the power-on may be the time when the remaining 140 fluctuation display is required until the chance period, or the remaining 60 fluctuations until the chance period. It may be a time when labeling is required. As a result, the creativity of the player is stimulated and the interest of the game is enhanced.

The value of the chance counter is the target of backup, but the value of the notification counter is not the target of backup. Therefore, when the power is turned off, the value of the notification counter is erased (cleared), and counting is started again from the initial value (0) after the power is turned on.

When S5011 determines that the value of the notification counter is not 50 (NO in S5011), then determines whether the value of the notification counter is 100 (S5016). In S5016, when the value of the notification counter is 100, that is, when it is determined that the power is turned off and the fluctuation is executed 100 times in succession (YES in S5016), the second notification effect is set (second notification effect execution command). Set) (S5017) and finish the process. On the other hand, if it is determined in S5016 that the value of the notification kanta is not 100 (NO in S5016), the process ends. As described above, unlike the first notification effect, the second notification effect always executes the second notification effect when the execution conditions (second condition, second notification effect) are satisfied. Therefore, the execution condition of the second notification effect (the first condition, the first execution condition, and the fact that the fluctuation is continuously executed 50 times after the power is turned on) is satisfied rather than the execution condition of the first notification effect (the first condition, the first execution condition, and the fluctuation is continuously executed 50 times). It is more likely that the notification effect will be executed when the second condition, the second execution condition, and the fact that the fluctuation is executed 100 times in succession from the power-on are satisfied.

Further, the first notification effect is executed at a predetermined timing in the variation display in which the execution condition is satisfied, and is executed only during the variation display. On the other hand, when the execution condition is satisfied, the second notification effect is executed over a plurality of variable displays until the chance period is executed (or until the jackpot game is executed). Therefore, it is assumed that the execution period of the second notification effect is longer than that of the first notification effect. Further, the count mode (third notification effect) is set to the second maximum number of times (50 times) in the execution period, and the second notification effect is set to the third number of times (450 times) in the maximum execution period. Has been done. Therefore, the execution period of the notification effect is set so that the second notification effect is the longest, the third notification effect is the second longest, and the execution period of the first notification effect is the shortest. As a result, the display modes of the plurality of remaining period notification effects (first notification effect, second notification effect, third notification effect) are different, and the execution periods are also different. It will be possible to diversify and enhance the entertainment of sports.

Next, the execution mode of the first notification effect and the second notification effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 56 and 57. In FIG. 56A, in the normal state (low base state), the 49th first special symbol hit / miss judgment is executed after the power is turned on, and the variation display of the effect symbol is based on the judgment result of the first special symbol hit / miss judgment. Shows the scene where you are doing. As shown in FIG. 56 (a), three first effect hold 9a (pictures of "○") are displayed in the first effect hold display area 9c (first effect hold display unit) at the lower left of the display screen 7a. ing. It is shown that there are three undigested information (information such as a special symbol hit / miss determination random number) acquired and stored based on the entry into the first starting port 20. Further, in the variable pattern display area 9e at the center of the lower part of the display screen 7a, one variable pattern 9f is displayed as a “◯” pattern slightly larger than the first effect hold 9a. In the variable pattern display area 9e, a variable pattern 9f indicating that the variable display is currently being executed is displayed. Then, depending on the display mode of the variable pattern 9f, the result of the variable display currently being executed may be a big hit (stop display with the big hit symbol).

FIG. 56 (b) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 56 (a) in the same variation display as in FIG. 56 (a). Further, in FIG. 56 (b), as a result of the variable display of FIG. 56 (a), at least one of the three effect symbols stops and displays an out-of-order effect symbol (“236”) different from the other effect symbols, and the power supply is supplied. It is shown that the result of the 49th variation display after the input is out of order (the result of the first special symbol hit / miss judgment is out of order). FIG. 56 (c) shows a scene in which the next variation display of FIG. 56 (b) is being executed. FIG. 56C shows a scene in which the first notification effect 241 (first remaining period notification effect) is executed at a predetermined timing of the variation display (disengagement variation) of the 50th (continuous deviation variation) from the power-on. ..

The first notification effect 241 (first remaining period notification effect) displays the notification character 241a in a predetermined display mode in the lower right area of the display screen. If the first notification effect is executed in the 50th (first specific number of times) fluctuation display (disengagement fluctuation) after the power is turned on, the remaining number of fluctuations is within 150 times until the chance period (during the chance period in the remaining period). It is shown to the player that it is within a close specific range (any of the remaining 1 to 150 times). Further, since the first notification effect only displays the notification character 241a and does not directly display the remaining number of fluctuations until the chance period, the player expects that the number of remaining fluctuations is small until the chance period, and the game To continue. Further, FIG. 56 (d) shows the end scene of the variation display after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 56 (c) in the same variation display as in FIG. 56 (c) (the 50th variation display after the power is turned on). .. Further, as shown in the figure, the first notification effect is displayed during the execution of the 50th variation display, and the display is terminated before the end of the variation display.

In FIG. 56 (e), in the normal state (low base state), the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is executed 100 times after the power is turned on, and the variation display of the effect symbol is based on the judgment result of the first special symbol hit / miss judgment. Shows the scene where you are doing. FIG. 56 (f) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 56 (e) in the same variation display as in FIG. 56 (e). Further, in FIG. 56 (f), as a result of the variable display of FIG. 56 (e), at least one of the three effect symbols stops and displays an out-of-order effect symbol (“432”) different from the other effect symbols, and the power supply is supplied. It means that the result of the 100th variation display (the second specific number of times) from the input is out of order (the result of the first special symbol hit / miss judgment is out of order), that is, the second condition (second execution condition) is satisfied. Shows.

FIG. 57 (g) shows a scene in which the next variation display of FIG. 56 (f) is being executed. FIG. 57 (g) shows a scene in which the second notification effect 243 (second remaining period notification effect) is executed at a predetermined timing of the variation display (disengagement variation) of the 101st (continuous deviation variation) from the power-on. .. The second notification effect 243 (second remaining period notification effect) is executed in the lower right display area of the display screen, and a remaining number display unit 243a for displaying the remaining number of variable display times up to the chance period is provided. Specifically, "225 times after the chance period" is displayed, and it is shown that the chance period is started by the continuous fluctuation of 225 times after the chance period. FIG. 57 (h) shows the end scene of the variation display after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 57 (g) in the same variation display as in FIG. 57 (g) (101st variation display after the power is turned on). Further, as shown in the figure, the second notification effect is displayed from the start of the 101st fluctuation display, and is continuously executed over a plurality of fluctuations as long as the deviation fluctuations continue until the chance period shifts. To. When the fluctuation display is completed, the remaining number display unit 243a displays "224 times after the chance period", and indicates that the chance period shifts to the continuous fluctuation of 224 times after the deviation.

FIG. 57 (i) shows a scene in which the next variation display of FIG. 57 (h) is being executed. FIG. 57 (i) shows the variation display (disengagement variation) of the 102nd time (continuous deviation variation) from the power-on, and the second notification effect 243 (second remaining period notification effect) is continuously executed. The remaining number display unit 243a displays "224 times after the chance period", and indicates that the chance period shifts to the continuous fluctuation of the remaining number of times 224 times. The remaining period (remaining number of times) of the remaining number display unit 243a is subtracted at the timing when the variable display ends.

57 (j) to 57 (l) show other display modes such as the remaining period notification effect. Although not shown, in this embodiment, in addition to the image display device 7 (main display unit, first display unit), a sub display unit 244 (sub display unit, second display unit) is provided. Then, as shown in FIG. 57 (j), the sub-display unit 244 (sub-display unit, second display unit) has a remaining number of times display unit 243a showing the remaining number of fluctuations up to the chance period, and fluctuations from power-on. The variation number display unit 243b, which indicates the number of times of display, is displayed.

FIG. 57 (k) shows a scene after a predetermined time has elapsed from FIG. 57 (j) in the same variation display as in FIG. 57 (j). FIG. 57 (j) shows the display screen 7a and the sub-display by executing the specific second game effect 242 (super reach, reach effect) having a relatively high jackpot reliability (than the specific first game effect). A scene is shown in which both display units of the unit 244 are used for the second game effect (super reach). The sub-display unit 244 displays an effect pattern used for the second game effect 242 (super reach, reach effect) and a predetermined character (star pattern). On the display screen 7a, the reach symbol 225 and the characters (enemy character, ally character) used for the reach effect are displayed.

FIG. 57 (l) shows the end scene of the variation display after the lapse of a predetermined time from FIG. 57 (k). When the second game effect 242 is completed, the remaining number display unit 243a and the variation number display unit 243b are displayed again on the sub display unit 244. In this way, the remaining number display unit 243a and the fluctuation number display unit 243b are displayed over a plurality of fluctuations until the chance period shifts, but are not always displayed, and remain while the second game effect 242 is being executed. The number display unit 243a and the fluctuation number display unit 243b may be hidden. As a result, it is possible to enhance the effect of production and enhance the entertainment of the game.

[Other Aspect 1]
Further, in the above-described embodiment, as a result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination, an embodiment having no small hit is shown, but the embodiment is not limited to such an embodiment. Not only the second special symbol hit / fail determination but also the result of the first special symbol hit / fail determination may have a small hit. Further, as the small hit, a plurality of small hit types are provided, and when the small hit type passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, the game state set after the big hit game is completed is different from the game state (first time saving state or first time reduction state). It may be in the second time saving state). Further, the number of times of shortening the time to be given may be set to a different number of times.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, when a big hit is obtained based on the execution of the first special symbol winning / failing determination in the normal state, the second time saving state is not set as the game state after the big hit game is completed. When a big hit is made based on the execution of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment in the normal state (V via the small hit or the big hit direct hit), the game state after the big hit game is completed is the big hit. Either the first time saving state or the second time saving state may be set depending on the type. Further, when the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, there are cases where the first time reduction state is set after the end of the big hit game and the case where the second time reduction state is set depending on the big hit type. May be good. In addition, when the result of the first special symbol hit / fail judgment is a small hit and the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, the first time reduction state after the big hit game is completed depending on the small hit type (big hit type). There may be a case where it is set to the second time reduction state and a case where it is set to the second time saving state. Further, the number of time reductions having different lengths may be set depending on the type of big hit and the type of small hit.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, if the result of the second special symbol hit / miss determination is a big hit in the first time saving state, the process shifts to the second time saving state, and the result of the second special symbol hit / miss judgment is a small hit. If the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, it does not shift to the second time saving state (continues the first time saving state). In the first time saving state, when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, the case where the big hit game is set to the first time saving state is set according to the big hit type. There may be a case where the second time reduction state is set. Further, in the first time saving state, when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes a small hit and the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, the big hit game ends depending on the small hit type (big hit type). There may be a case where the latter is set to the first time reduction state and a case where the second time reduction state is set.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, when a big hit occurs in the second time saving state, the result of the second special symbol hit / fail judgment becomes a small hit even when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail judgment becomes a big hit. Even when the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, the second time saving state is continued after the big hit game is completed (it does not fall to the first time saving state). In the second time saving state, when the result of the second special symbol winning / failing determination is a big hit, depending on the big hit type, the time after the big hit game is set to the first time saving state is set. There may be a case where the second time saving state is set (continued). In addition, in the second time saving state, when the result of the second special symbol hit / fail determination becomes a small hit and the game ball passes through a specific area and becomes a big hit, the big hit game ends depending on the small hit type (big hit type). There may be a case where the latter is set to the first time reduction state and a case where the second time reduction state is set (continued). In addition, a normal state may be set.

[Other aspect 2]
In addition, the following aspects can be used as another aspect of the embodiment. In the first embodiment, the left-handed notification effect (first left-handed notification effect) shown in FIG. 44 is executed based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 provided in the right game area. It is not limited to such an aspect. In another aspect 1, another entry port (general entry port 27, etc.) provided so as to be able to detect the game ball launched in the right game area (second launch area) and another gate are provided, and these are used. A left-handed notification effect (first left-handed notification effect) may be executed based on the detection of the game ball. Further, instead of the game ball detecting means for detecting the game ball, an operation amount detecting means for detecting the rotation amount (operation amount) of the launch handle is provided, and the rotation amount (operation amount) is determined by the operation amount detecting means (operation amount). When it is detected that the amount corresponding to right-handed striking has been reached, the process corresponding to FIG. 44 may be performed.

[Other Aspect 3]
Further, in the first embodiment, even if the gaming state is a low base state (excluding during the big hit game and the small hit game), the special state (during the variable display of the effect symbol related to the second special symbol) is Although it is assumed that the launch notification effect (left-handed notification effect) for instructing left-handed strike is not executed, the present invention is not limited to such an aspect. For example, when the game state is a low base state (excluding during a big hit game and a small hit game) and the left-handed notification prohibition flag is OFF, when a right-handed hit is detected, the first left-handed launch notification effect is executed. It shall be. When the game state is a low base state (except during the big hit game and the small hit game) and the left-handed notification prohibition flag is ON, even if the right-handed hit is detected, the first left-handed launch notification effect is produced. May not be executed and "another launch notification effect" may be executed. Various modes can be considered as the display mode and the execution mode of this "other launch notification effect". For example, similar to the first left-handed launch notification effect, the player is instructed to left-handed, but in a less conspicuous manner than the first left-handed launch notification effect (in a state where the player plays a left-handed game). It is possible to execute in a mode that is difficult to recognize. For example, when displaying "another launch notification effect" on the display screen 7a, it may be displayed in a smaller size so as to be less noticeable than the first left-handed launch notification effect, or the end of the display screen 7a. It may be displayed on the screen, or it may be displayed as a graphic without displaying characters. In addition, the first left-handed launch notification effect is displayed on the display screen 7a so as to be conspicuous to the player, while the "other launch notification effect" is lit / blinked using a lamp or the like outside the display screen 7a. It may be displayed in the mode of.

[Other Aspect 4]
Further, in the first embodiment, when the big hit game is executed based on the execution of the second special symbol winning / failing determination in the non-time saving state (low base state), the gaming state after the end of the big hit game is the time saving state (the time saving state). The probability of being in a high base state) is set to 100%, but the present invention is not limited to this mode. The probability that the gaming state after the jackpot game is completed may be a predetermined probability of less than 100%. In this case, in the non-time saving state (low base state), the probability that the big hit game is executed based on the execution of the second special symbol winning / failing determination and the gaming state after the end of the big hit game is set to the time saving state. Is set higher than the probability that the jackpot game is executed based on the execution of the second special symbol winning / failing determination in the time saving state (high base state) and the gaming state after the jackpot game is completed is set to the time saving state. It is possible to do. Further, it is possible to increase the probability of being determined as a small hit by the second special symbol winning / failing determination rather than the probability of being determined as a small hit by the first special symbol winning / failing determination.

[others]
In the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, "the first gaming area launch notification is performed based on the satisfaction of the specific conditions" may be any one that performs the first gaming area launch notification after at least the specific conditions are satisfied. Further, the first gaming area launch notification may be performed based on the fact that another condition is satisfied (for example, the launch area detecting means detects a right-handed hit).
Further, in the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, in the "first gaming state in which the frequency of entering the variable starting port is a predetermined frequency", the state in which the ball cannot enter the variable starting opening, that is, the frequency of entering the ball is 0. And the state where it is very difficult to enter the ball and the ball hardly enters the variable starting port. Further, the "specific display mode" refers to, for example, a big hit display mode or a small hit display mode. It should be noted that a plurality of different display modes may be provided for each of the large hit display mode and the small hit display mode.

Further, in the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, "when the special game is executed based on the entry into the variable starting port, the special game is executed based on the entry into the starting opening". There is a high possibility that the gaming state after the end of the special gaming will be set to the second gaming state. " Further, it may be said that "the possibility that the special game is executed based on the entry into the variable starting port is higher than the possibility that the special game is executed based on the entry into the starting opening". As a result, even after the first game state is reached, if there is hold information acquired based on the entry into the variable starting port, a special game may be generated again from the first game state, or the second game may be played. It is considered that there is a relatively high possibility that a condition will occur. Therefore, until the variable display of the identification information related to the hold information that determines whether the special game or the second game state occurs again is completed, the first game area launch notification is executed even in the first game state. It may not be. Then, when the special game or the second game state occurs again, the first game area launch notification is not continuously executed, and the special game or the second game state does not occur again (off). The first game area launch notification may be executed.

Further, in the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, "a gaming ball detecting means capable of setting the variable starting opening or the variable starting opening to a second state in which the possibility of entering the gaming ball is high based on the detection of the variable starting opening or the gaming ball". At least one of the above is placed at a position where the gaming ball launched into the first gaming area does not enter (detects) or at a position where it is difficult for the gaming ball launched into the first gaming area to enter (detect). " It is possible to do. This makes it possible to prevent the game ball from entering the variable starting port in the first game state. Further, "the firing strength of the game ball has a first firing strength and a second firing strength having a firing strength higher than the first firing strength, and at least one of the above-mentioned variable starting port or the game ball detecting means is used for the game. It can be placed in a position where it is possible to enter when the game ball is launched with the second firing strength of the region, and it is placed in a position where the ball cannot be entered (undetectable) when the game ball is launched with the first firing strength. " ..

Further, in the configuration of the above-mentioned gaming machine, "when the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the second gaming state, the identification information is variablely displayed a predetermined number of times in the second gaming state, and the first game is played. When the state can be set and the second gaming state is set to the first gaming state, the first gaming area launch notification is not executed before the specific condition is satisfied, and the first after the specific condition is satisfied. It may be possible to execute the game area launch notification. " Further, in the configuration of the above-mentioned gaming machine, "when the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the second gaming state, the identification information is variablely displayed a predetermined number of times in the second gaming state, and the first game is played. When the state can be set and the state is set from the second game state to the first game state, the first game area launch notification is executed even if the launch area detection means detects the game ball before the specific condition is satisfied. Instead, when the launch area detecting means detects the game ball after the specific condition is satisfied, the first game area launch notification may be executed.

Further, in the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, "during the execution of the variable display of the identification information based on the holding information of the holding information storage means stored based on the entry into the variable starting port, the launching area detecting means displays the gaming ball. Regardless of whether the gaming state at the time of detection is the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the first gaming area launch notification may not be executed. "

Further, in the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, "a first gaming area launch detecting means for detecting launch to the first gaming area is provided, and in the second gaming state, the game ball is detected by the first gaming area launch detecting means. If there is, the second game area launch notification indicating the launch to the second game area is executed, and in the first game state, while the fluctuation display of the identification information related to the hold is being displayed, the game ball is used by the second game area launch detection means. Even if the first game area launch notification is not executed, and even if the game ball is detected by the first game area launch detection means, the second game area launch notification is not executed. " .. Further, "in the first game state, after the variable display of the identification information related to the hold information stored based on the entry into the variable start port is completed, the second game area launch detection means detects the game ball. And, even if the first game area launch notification is executed and the game ball is detected by the first game area launch detection means, the second game area launch notification is not executed. "

Further, in the above-mentioned configuration of the gaming machine, a game to a first starting port where a game ball can enter, a variable second starting port where the possibility of entering the game ball can be changed, and a first starting port. A first hit / fail determination means for executing a first hit / fail determination based on the entry of a ball, a second hit / fail determination means for executing a second hit / fail determination based on the entry of a game ball into a second starting port, and a game. The first variable entry port (first large winning opening) that can change between a state in which a ball can enter and a state in which a game ball cannot enter, and an entry in which a game ball can enter. A second variable entry slot (second major winning slot) that can change between a ball-capable state and a ball-impossible state in which the game ball cannot enter, and has a specific area inside through which the game ball can pass. It is provided with a special game execution means capable of executing a special game in which the first variable entry port or the second variable entry port is in a state where the ball can be entered when the result of the first hit / fail determination or the second hit / fail determination is a hit. May be.

The frequency of entering the game ball into the second starting port is set to the first gaming state having a predetermined frequency and the second gaming state in which the frequency of entering the game ball into the second starting port is higher than that of the first gaming state. It may be provided with a game state setting means to be performed. Further, it is assumed that the frequency of entering the game ball into the variable starting port is the first gaming state having a predetermined frequency, and here, the "predetermined frequency" includes 0. Further, as the result of the first hit / fail judgment or the second hit / fail judgment, the first specific result (big hit) and the second specific result (small hit) are provided, and the result of the first hit / miss judgment or the second hit / miss judgment is the first. The game ball enters the second variable entrance, which is a specific result, or the result of the first hit / fail judgment or the second hit / fail judgment becomes the second specific result and the ball can be entered. May be provided with a jackpot game executing means for executing a jackpot game when the player passes through a specific area.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the number of times the first large winning opening or the second large winning opening is opened in one round is set to one, but the number of times the first large winning opening or the second large winning opening is opened in one round is set. It may be multiple times or may have different open count rounds.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the control process of preferentially digesting the second special figure hold over the first special figure hold, the so-called special figure 2 priority control process, is not limited to this, but the first special figure hold is not limited to this. May be a control process that gives priority to the second special figure hold, that is, a so-called special figure 1 priority control process. In addition, no priority is set for the digestion of the first special figure hold and the digestion of the second special figure hold, and the oldest memorized one of the first special figure hold and the second special figure hold is digested in order. It may be a control procedure, that is, a control process of so-called entry order (memory order) digestion.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the pachinko ball has a big hit and a small hit as a result of the special symbol winning / failing determination, and when the big hit is obtained, and when the special symbol is a small hit, the specific area 39 provided in the large winning opening is used as a gaming ball. However, the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (so-called type 1 and type 2 gaming machine) capable of performing a big hit game at both times, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention may be applied to a pachinko game (so-called type 1 gaming machine) in which a big hit game can be executed only when the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit, or the result of the special symbol hit / fail judgment is a big hit. The present invention may be applied to a gaming machine provided with a probability setting means that can be set to a low probability state in which the possibility of becoming a big hit is low and a high probability state in which the possibility of becoming a big hit is high. In addition, the present invention is applicable to all types of gaming machines, and the present invention may be carried out in combination with some or all of the above-mentioned examples, other aspects, and other configurations.

[others]
(Reference Invention 1)
Reference Invention 1 provides a gaming machine that enhances the interest of gaming by various game characteristics.

Reference invention 1-1 The gaming machine of the invention is
A starting port where a game ball can enter, and
A variable entry port that has a specific area inside and can be changed into a state in which a game ball can enter and a state in which a game ball cannot enter.
A hit / fail determination means for executing a hit / fail determination based on the ball entering the starting port, and
The identification information display means for variablely displaying the identification information based on the result of the hit / fail determination of the hit / fail determination means is provided.
As a result of the hit / fail determination, a first result (big hit) and a second result (small hit) are provided.
When the result of the hit / fail determination is the first result (big hit), a special game (big hit game) advantageous to the player is executed.
When the result of the hit / fail determination is the second result (small hit), a sub-game that enables the variable entry port to enter is executed, and the game ball passes through the specific area in the sub-game. A gaming machine that executes the special game (big hit game).
The game states include a first game state (normal state), a second game state set to an advantageous state that is more advantageous to the player than the first game state (first time saving state: disadvantageous), and the first game. It has a third gaming state (second time saving state: advantageous), which is set to an advantageous state that is more advantageous to the player than the state.
When the special game is executed, the second game state or the third game state can be set as the game state after the end of the special game.
The second gaming state is assumed to shift to the first gaming state when the first ending condition is satisfied (by ending the second gaming state and shifting to another gaming state).
The third gaming state is assumed to shift to the first gaming state when the second ending condition is satisfied (by ending the second gaming state and shifting to another gaming state).
The first end condition is that, in the second game state, the variation display of the identification information is executed a preset number of times, and before the variation display of the identification information is executed a preset number of times. It is established regardless of whether the result of the hit / fail determination is the second result (small hit).
The second end condition is satisfied by executing the variable display of the identification information a preset number of times in the third game state, and before the variable display of the identification information is executed a preset number of times. In addition, it is characterized in that it does not hold if the second result (small hit) is obtained.

According to such a gaming machine, as an execution mode of a special game, an execution mode in which a special game is executed when the result of a hit / fail judgment is the first result, and a game ball in which the result of the hit / fail judgment is the second result. Has an execution mode in which a special game is executed by passing through a specific area. Further, as the gaming state, at least the first gaming state, the second gaming state which is more advantageous than the first gaming state, and the third gaming state which is also more advantageous than the first gaming state. Have. Then, the second gaming state ends based on the fact that the variable display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times, or the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result, and the process shifts to the first gaming state. do. Further, the third gaming state ends based on the execution of the variable display of the identification information a predetermined number of times, and shifts to the first gaming state, and the result of the hit / fail determination is as in the second gaming state. Based on the second result, it is assumed that the game state is not changed to the first game state.

As a result, depending on the gaming state, the occurrence of the second result may or may not be the ending condition of the advantageous state, and the player may feel a sense of security or tension during the game depending on the gaming state. In addition, it is possible to enhance the interest of the game by providing a game with various game characteristics.

Further, the ending condition is different between the third gaming state and the second gaming state. Further, the second gaming state is set so that the end condition is more easily satisfied than the third gaming state, and it can be said that the third gaming state is more advantageous to the player than the second gaming state.

Further, it has a first hit / fail determination means for executing the first hit / fail determination and a second hit / fail determination means for executing the second hit / miss determination, and at least the first result (big hit) is obtained as the result of the first hit / miss determination. As a result of the second hit / miss determination, at least the first result (big hit) and the second result (small hit) may be held. Further, as a result of the first pass / fail determination, it may have a second result or may not have a second result.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1-2 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1-1.
In the second game state, when the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result (small hit) and the game ball passes through the specific area to execute the special game (big hit game), the special game is executed. The gaming state after the end of the game is set to the gaming state (second gaming state) having the advantageous state in the first period.
In the third game state, when the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result (small hit) and the game ball passes through the specific area to execute the special game (big hit game), the special game is executed. The gaming state after the end of the game is set to the gaming state (third gaming state) having the advantageous state of the second period.
The first period and the second period are characterized by different periods.

According to such a gaming machine, when a special game is executed by the result of the hit / fail determination being the second result in the second gaming state and the gaming ball passing through a specific area, after the special gaming is completed. When a gaming state having an advantageous state in the first period is set, and in the third gaming state, the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result and the game ball passes through the specific area to execute the special game. After the end of the special game, a gaming state having an advantageous state in the second period shall be set. In addition, the first period and the second period are different periods.

As a result, when the special game is executed by passing through the specific area as the second result, the game state at the time of the second result depends on whether the game state is the second game state or the third game state. The advantageous state set after the end of the special game will be a different period. In addition, this gives the player a sense of tension and security depending on the state of the game, and enhances the interest of the game. In addition, by providing games with various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game interest.

Further, since the first period and the second period are different periods, the player in the second gaming state in which the advantageous state is set in the first period and the third gaming state in which the advantageous state is set in the second period The advantage for is different.

Further, the gaming state having the advantageous state in the first period may be the second gaming state, and the gaming state having the advantageous state in the second period may be the third gaming state.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1-2.
The second period is characterized in that it is a longer period than the first period.

According to such a gaming machine, the second period set when the special game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area with the result of the hit / fail determination as the second result in the third gaming state is In the second gaming state, the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result, and the period is longer than the first period set when the special game is executed by the gaming ball passing through the specific area. As a result, the third gaming state becomes an advantageous gaming state for the player as compared with the second gaming state, and it is possible to enhance the gaming interest of the player when the third gaming state is entered.

The second period is longer than the first period. Therefore, the third gaming state in which the advantageous state for a long period of time is set is more advantageous to the player than the second gaming state. Further, instead of such an embodiment, the first period may be a longer period than the second period. According to such an aspect, the second gaming state in which the advantageous state for a long period of time is set is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state.

Further, the gaming machine of the fourth invention is the gaming machine of the first invention to the third invention.
The third game state is characterized in that it is set after the end of the special game when the result of the hit / fail determination executed in the second game state becomes the first result and the special game is executed. Is to be.

According to such a gaming machine, the third gaming state is set after the end of the special game when the result of the hit / fail determination executed in the second gaming state becomes the first result and the special game is executed. It shall be. As a result, the player expects that the result of the winning / failing determination executed in the second gaming state will be the first result, and plays the game. In addition, by diversifying the transition mode of the game state and providing a game having various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game entertainment.

Further, in the third game state, when the result of the second hit / fail determination executed in the second game state becomes the first result (big hit) and the special game (big hit game) is executed, after the big hit game is completed. It may be set.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1-5 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1-4.
In the third game state, the special game (big hit game) is executed when the game ball passes through the specific area as the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result (small hit) in the second game state. If so, it is characterized in that it is not set after the end of the special game.

According to such a gaming machine, in the third gaming state, when the special game is executed by passing through a specific area as the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result (small hit) in the second gaming state. Is not set. As a result, the player expects that in the second game state, the execution mode of the special game is not a person who goes through the second result but a mode in which the special game is executed as the first result, and the game is enjoyed. Increase. In addition, by providing games with various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game interest.

Further, in the third game state, in the first game state, the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result (small hit), and the game ball passes through the specific area, so that the special game (big hit game) Is not set after the end of the special game. That is, the third game state is set after the end of the special game only when the special game (big hit game) is executed as the first result (big hit) in the second game state.

Further, the gaming machine of the sixth invention is the gaming machine of the first to fifth inventions.
The third gaming state is not set after the end of the special game executed based on the execution of the winning / failing determination in the first gaming state, and the winning / failing determination is executed in the second gaming state. It is characterized in that it is set after the end of the special game executed based on.

According to such a gaming machine, after the end of the special game based on the winning / failing determination executed in the first gaming state, the third gaming state is not set, and the special based on the winning / failing determination executed in the second gaming state is performed. After the end of the game, the third game state is set. As a result, by executing the special game in the first game state, the game shifts to the second game state, and by executing the special game in the second game state, the game shifts to the third game state. To diversify. Further, by providing a game having various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game interest.

Further, the gaming machines of Reference Invention 1-7 are the gaming machines of Reference Invention 1-1 to Reference Invention 1-6.
After the end of the special game executed based on the execution of the hit / fail determination in the third game state, the first game state and the second game state are not set, and the third game state is set. Be done,
The third gaming state is characterized in that it is set to the first gaming state based on the end of the second ending condition.

According to such a gaming machine, after the end of the special game based on the winning / failing determination executed in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is not set in either the first gaming state or the second gaming state. Is set, and the third gaming state is set to the first gaming state based on the end of the second ending condition. As a result, once the third game state is set, as long as the special game is executed in the third game state, the third game state continues, and when the second end condition is satisfied, the first game state is set. It will be migrated. This gives a sense of security to the game state set after the end of the special game when the state shifts to the third game state, and also gives a feeling of tension to the establishment of the second end condition during the game in the third game state. , Enhance the game entertainment.

Further, after the end of the special game executed based on the execution of the hit / fail determination in the third game state, the third game state shall be set. That is, when the special game is executed in the third game state, the third game state shall be continued.

Further, the gaming machines of Reference Invention 1-8 are the gaming machines of Reference Invention 1-1 to Reference Invention 1-7.
It is characterized in that, in the first gaming state, the gaming state is set to the third gaming state without going through the special game, based on executing the variable display of the identification information a specific number of times. ..

According to such a gaming machine, in the first gaming state, by executing the variable display of the identification information of a specific number of times, the gaming state is changed to the third without going through the execution of the hit / fail determination and the special game. It shall be set to the game state. As a result, it becomes possible to diversify the transition mode of the gaming state and enhance the gaming interest.

According to the gaming machine of Reference Invention 1, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that executes a gaming effect that enhances the entertainment of the game.

Also, as another aspect,
A starting port where a game ball can enter, and
A variable starting port that can be changed to the first aspect and the second aspect in which the possibility of entering the game ball is higher than that of the first aspect.
A base state setting means capable of setting a first base state (low base state) and a second base state (high base state) in which the frequency of entering the variable starting port is higher than that of the first base state.
A variable entry port that has a specific area inside and can be changed into a state in which a game ball can enter and a state in which a game ball cannot enter.
A hit / fail determination means for executing a hit / fail determination based on the ball entering the variable starting port, and
The identification information display means for variablely displaying the identification information based on the result of the hit / fail determination of the hit / fail determination means is provided.
As a result of the hit / fail determination, a first result (big hit) and a second result (small hit) are provided.
When the result of the hit / fail determination is the first result (big hit), a special game (big hit game) advantageous to the player is executed.
When the result of the hit / fail determination is the second result (small hit), a sub-game that enables the variable entry port to enter is executed, and the game ball passes through the specific area in the sub-game. A gaming machine that executes the special game (big hit game).
As the gaming state, the first gaming state set in the first base state (normal state), the second gaming state set in the second base state (first time saving state: disadvantageous), and the second base It has a third gaming state set to a state (second time saving state: advantageous), and has
When the special game is executed, the second game state or the third game state can be set as the game state after the end of the special game.
When the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result in the second game state, the game state is set to the first base state, the sub-game is executed in the first base state, and the game is played in the sub-game. When the ball passes through the specific area, it is assumed that the game ball has passed through the specific area in the first base state.
When the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second result in the third game state, the game state is left as the second base state, the sub-game is executed in the second base state, and in the sub-game. When the game ball passes through the specific area, it is assumed that the game ball has passed through the specific area in the second base state.
The second base state set after the end of the special game, depending on whether the game ball passes through the specific area in the first base state or the game ball passes through the specific area in the second base state. It may be characterized in that the set period (execution period) of is different.

Further, the case where the game ball passes through the specific area in the first base state is set after the end of the special game than when the game ball passes through the specific area in the second base state. The setting period (execution period) of the second base state may be long.

(Reference Invention 2)
Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-1 is
The first starting port where the game ball can enter, the second starting port where the game ball can enter, and
A variable entry port that has a specific area inside and can be changed into a state in which a game ball can enter and a state in which a game ball cannot enter.
The first hit / fail determination means for executing the first hit / miss determination based on the ball entering the first start port, and
A second hit / fail determination means for executing a second hit / fail determination based on the ball entering the second start port, and a second hit / fail determination means.
A first identification information display means that variablely displays the first identification information based on the result of the hit / fail determination of the first hit / fail determination means.
A second identification information display means for variablely displaying the second identification information based on the result of the hit / fail determination of the second hit / fail determination means is provided.
As a result of the first hit / fail determination, at least the first specific result (big hit) is obtained.
As a result of the second hit / fail determination, at least a first specific result (big hit) and a second specific result (small hit) are included.
When the result of the first hit / fail determination is the first specific result (big hit), when the result of the second hit / miss determination is the first specific result (big hit), and the result of the second hit / miss determination. Is the second specific result (small hit), the sub-game that enables the variable entrance to enter the ball is executed, and when the game ball passes through the specific area in the sub-game, the player is notified. It is a gaming machine that executes advantageous special games (big hit games).
The gaming states include a first gaming state (normal state), a second gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state (first time saving state: disadvantageous), and a player more than the second gaming state. It has an advantageous third gaming state and (second time saving state: advantageous),
When the special game is executed, the second game state or the third game state can be set as the game state after the end of the special game.
The second gaming state is assumed to shift to the first gaming state when the first end condition is satisfied.
The third gaming state is assumed to shift to the first gaming state when the second end condition is satisfied.
The first termination condition is that, in the second gaming state, the variation display of the first identification information or the second identification information is executed a preset number of times, and the first identification information or the second identification information. It is established regardless of whether the second specific result (small hit) is satisfied before the variable display of the identification information is executed a preset number of times.
The second end condition is satisfied by executing the variable display of the first identification information or the second identification information a preset number of times in the third gaming state, and the first identification information or the first identification information. (2) It is characterized in that it cannot be established if the second specific result (small hit) is obtained before the variable display of the identification information is executed a preset number of times.

According to such a gaming machine, it has a first hit / fail determination means for executing a first hit / fail determination and a second hit / fail determination means for executing a second hit / miss determination, and as a result of the first hit / miss determination, at least. It has a first specific result, and has at least a first specific result and a second specific result as a result of the second hit / miss determination. As an execution mode of the special game, an execution mode in which the special game is executed when the result of the first hit / fail judgment becomes the first specific result, and a special game is executed when the result of the second hit / fail judgment becomes the first specific result. It has an execution mode in which the game ball passes through the specific area and the special game is executed as the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second specific result.

Further, as the gaming state, at least the first gaming state, the second gaming state which is more advantageous than the first gaming state, and the third gaming state which is also more advantageous than the first gaming state. Have. Then, the second gaming state is based on the fact that the first identification information or the variation display of the second identification information is executed a predetermined number of times, or the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second specific result. It ends and shifts to the first game state. Further, the third gaming state ends based on the execution of the variable display of the first identification information or the second identification information a predetermined number of times, and shifts to the first gaming state, as in the second gaming state. In addition, it is assumed that the game does not shift to the first gaming state based on the fact that the result of the second hit / miss determination is the second specific result.

As a result, depending on the gaming state, there are cases where the occurrence of the second specific result is the end condition of the advantageous state and the case where the occurrence of the second specific result is not the end condition of the advantageous state. Gives a feeling and enhances the entertainment of the game. In addition, by providing games with various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game interest.

Further, the ending condition is different between the third gaming state and the second gaming state. Further, the second gaming state is set so that the end condition is more easily satisfied than the third gaming state, and it can be said that the third gaming state is more advantageous to the player than the second gaming state.

Further, it has a first hit / fail determination means for executing the first hit / fail determination and a second hit / fail determination means for executing the second hit / miss determination, and as a result of the first hit / miss determination, at least the first specific result (big hit). And a second specific result (small hit), and as a result of the second hit / fail determination, at least a first specific result (big hit) and a second specific result (small hit). good. Further, as a result of the first hit / fail determination, it may be assumed that the second specific result is not provided.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-2 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-1.
In the second game state, when the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second specific result (small hit) and the game ball passes through the specific area, the special game (big hit game) is executed. , The gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the gaming state (second gaming state) having the advantageous state in the first period.
In the third game state, when the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second specific result (small hit) and the game ball passes through the specific area, the special game (big hit game) is executed. , The gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the gaming state (third gaming state) having the advantageous state in the second period.
The first period and the second period are characterized by different periods.

According to such a gaming machine, when the special game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area as the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second specific result in the second gaming state, the special game is performed. After the end of the game, a gaming state having an advantageous state in the first period is set, and in the third gaming state, the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second specific result, and the special game is executed when the gaming ball passes through the specific area. If so, a gaming state having an advantageous state in the second period shall be set after the end of the special game. In addition, the first period and the second period are different periods.

As a result, when the special game is executed by passing through the specific area as the second specific result, whether the game state when the second specific result is obtained is the second game state or the third game state. Depending on the period, the advantageous state set after the end of the special game is different. In addition, this gives the player a sense of tension and security depending on the state of the game, and enhances the interest of the game. In addition, by providing games with various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game interest.

Further, since the first period and the second period are different periods, the player in the second gaming state in which the advantageous state is set in the first period and the third gaming state in which the advantageous state is set in the second period The advantage for is different.

Further, the gaming state having the advantageous state in the first period may be the second gaming state, and the gaming state having the advantageous state in the second period may be the third gaming state.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-2.
The second period is characterized in that it is a longer period than the first period.

According to such a gaming machine, the second hit / fail determination result becomes the second specific result in the third gaming state, and is set when the special game is executed by the gaming ball passing through the specific area. The second period is larger than the first period set when the special game is executed by the result of the second hit / fail determination being the second specific result in the second gaming state and the gaming ball passing through the specific area. It is said to be a long period. As a result, the third gaming state becomes an advantageous gaming state for the player as compared with the second gaming state, and it is possible to enhance the gaming interest of the player when the third gaming state is entered.

The second period is longer than the first period. Therefore, the third gaming state in which the advantageous state for a long period of time is set is more advantageous to the player than the second gaming state. Further, instead of such an embodiment, the first period may be a longer period than the second period. According to such an aspect, the second gaming state in which the advantageous state for a long period of time is set is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-4 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-1.
As the second specific result, at least the first second specific result (first small hit) and the second second specific result (second small hit) are included.
In the second game state, the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result (small hit 2), and the game ball passes through the specific area, so that the special game (big hit game) is performed. When executed, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the gaming state (second gaming state) having the advantageous state in the first period.
In the third game state, the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result (small hit 2), and the game ball passes through the specific area, so that the special game (big hit game) is performed. When executed, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the gaming state (third gaming state) having the advantageous state in the second period.
The first period and the second period are characterized by different periods.

According to such a gaming machine, the second specific result has at least a first second specific result (first small hit) and a second second specific result (second small hit). Then, in the second game state, when the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result and the game ball passes through the specific area and the special game is executed, the second after the special game is completed. A gaming state (second gaming state) having an advantageous state for one period is set, and in the third gaming state, the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result, and the game ball passes through the specific area. When the special game is executed in, a game state (third game state) having an advantageous state in the second period is set after the end of the special game. In addition, the first period and the second period are different periods.

As a result, when the special game is executed by passing through the specific area as the first second specific result, the gaming state when the first second specific result is obtained is the second gaming state. The advantageous state set after the end of the special game is different depending on whether it is the third game state or the third game state. In addition, this gives the player a sense of tension and security depending on the state of the game, and enhances the interest of the game. In addition, by providing games with various game characteristics, it is possible to enhance the game interest.

Further, since the first period and the second period are different periods, the player in the second gaming state in which the advantageous state is set in the first period and the third gaming state in which the advantageous state is set in the second period The advantage for is different. Further, since the period of the advantageous state given when the same first second specific result (small hit) is obtained between the second game state and the third game state is different, the first game state is the first. It is important for the player to obtain the second specific result (small hit) of the above, and the hobby of the game is enhanced. In addition, it becomes possible to diversify the playability.

Further, the gaming state having the advantageous state in the first period may be the second gaming state, and the gaming state having the advantageous state in the second period may be the third gaming state. According to such a gaming machine, when the special game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area as the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result in the second gaming state. , The second gaming state is set after the end of the special game (continuation of the second gaming state), and the result of the second hit / miss determination in the third gaming state becomes the first second specific result, and the gaming ball sets the specific area. When the special game is executed by passing through, the third game state is set after the end of the special game (continuation of the third game state).

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-5 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-4.
The second period is characterized in that it is a longer period than the first period.

According to such a gaming machine, it is set when the special game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area as the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result in the third gaming state. The second period is set when the special game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area as the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the first second specific result in the second game state. It is a longer period than the first period. As a result, the third gaming state becomes an advantageous gaming state for the player as compared with the second gaming state, and it is possible to enhance the gaming interest of the player when the third gaming state is entered.

The second period is longer than the first period. Therefore, the third gaming state in which the advantageous state for a long period of time is set is more advantageous to the player than the second gaming state. Further, instead of such an embodiment, the first period may be a longer period than the second period. According to such an aspect, the second gaming state in which the advantageous state for a long period of time is set is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-6 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2-4 or Reference Invention 2-5.
In the second game state, the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second second specific result (small hit 3), and the game ball passes through the specific area, so that the special game (big hit game) is performed. When executed, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the gaming state having the advantageous state of the third period (third gaming state).
In the third game state, the result of the second hit / fail determination becomes the second second specific result (small hit 2), and the game ball passes through the specific area, so that the special game (big hit game) is performed. When executed, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to a gaming state (third gaming state) having an advantageous state in the third period.

According to such a gaming machine, when the special game is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area as the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second second specific result in the second gaming state. , A gaming state (third gaming state) having an advantageous state in the third period is set after the end of the special game, and the result of the second hit / miss determination in the third gaming state becomes the second second specific result of the gaming ball. When a special game is executed by passing through a specific area, a gaming state (third gaming state) having an advantageous state in the third period after the end of the special game is set.

That is, when the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second second specific result in the second game state and the game ball passes through the specific area, and the result of the second hit / fail judgment is the second in the third game state. The game state set after the end of the special game is set to the same game state as in the case where the game ball passes through the specific area as the second specific result. As a result, it becomes possible to diversify the transition mode of the gaming state and enhance the gaming interest.

Further, the third period may be the same period as the first period, the third period may be the same period as the second period, and the third period may be either the first period or the second period. It may be in different periods. Further, the third period may be longer than the first period and the second period. By setting the third period to a long period, the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second second specific result in the second game state, and the game ball passes through the specific area, and the third game state. 2 When the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second second specific result and the game ball passes through the specific area, the game state is changed to the one that is advantageous to the player after the end of the special game. Further, this makes it possible to improve the game interest when the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the second second specific result and the game ball passes through the specific area.

In addition, when the second specific result (small hit) is obtained, a period different depending on the gaming state (second gaming state or third gaming state) is granted as the period in which the advantageous state is granted after the end of the special game. The same period is given even if the second specific result (first second specific result) and the gaming state (second gaming state or third gaming state) are different. The second specific result (second second specific result). ) And. As a result, the game state to be executed and the type of the second specific result (small hit) generated are focused on, and the game interest is enhanced. In addition, it becomes possible to diversify the playability.

Further, the gaming machines of Reference Invention 2-7 are the gaming machines of Reference Invention 2-1 to Reference Invention 2-6.
As the second specific result, it has at least a third second specific result (small hit 1).
The result of the second hit / fail determination (second hit / fail determination) executed in the second game state becomes the third second specific result (small hit 3), and the game ball passes through the specific area. When the special game (big hit game) is executed, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the third game state.

Such a gaming machine has at least a third specific result as the second specific result. Then, in the second game state, when the result of the second hit / miss determination becomes the third second specific result and the game ball passes through the specific area and the special game is executed, the second after the special game is completed. 3 The game state is set. As a result, in the second game state, it is possible to improve the game entertainment when the game ball passes through the specific area as the third second specific result. In addition, this makes it possible to diversify the transition mode of the gaming state and enhance the gaming interest.

Further, the gaming machines of Reference Invention 2-8 are the gaming machines of Reference Invention 2-1 to Reference Invention 2-7.
It is characterized in that, in the first gaming state, the gaming state is set to the third gaming state without going through the special game, based on executing the variable display of the identification information a specific number of times. ..

According to such a gaming machine, in the first gaming state, by executing the variable display of the identification information of a specific number of times, the gaming state is changed to the third without going through the execution of the hit / fail determination and the special game. It shall be set to the game state. As a result, it becomes possible to diversify the transition mode of the gaming state and enhance the gaming interest.

Further, in the case where the result of the second hit / fail judgment (second special symbol hit / fail judgment) is the second specific result (small hit), at least the first second specific result and the second specific result are the second specific results. It is assumed that the second specific result and the third second specific result are included, and the above-mentioned configuration may be adopted.

Further, when the result of the first hit / fail determination (first special symbol hit / fail determination) is the second specific result (small hit), the second specific result has a fourth second specific result, and the first When the result of the first hit / fail judgment executed in the game state becomes the fourth second specific result (small hit 4) and the special game (big hit game) is executed by the game ball passing through the specific area. The gaming state after the end of the special gaming may be set to the third gaming state. That is, in the first gaming state (normal state, low base state, non-time saving state), when the player passes through a specific area (passes V) via a small hit and becomes a big hit, the second gaming state (first time saving state) is passed. Instead, it may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, the probability (possibility) that the result of the first hit / fail judgment (in the first game state) becomes the second specific result (small hit) is the second hit / fail judgment (in the second game state (third game state)). Is set lower than the probability (possibility) that the result of is the second specific result (small hit). Therefore, in the first game state, the possibility of passing through a specific area (passing V) via a small hit and becoming a big hit is the possibility of passing through a specific area (passing V) via a small hit in the second game state and the third game state. It is set lower than the possibility of becoming a big hit. Therefore, when such a rare (low possibility) itself occurs, the player is given a privilege to shift to a gaming state that is advantageous to the player. As a result, in the first game state, as a result of the first hit / fail determination, it is possible to enhance the game interest of the player when the player passes through a specific area (passes V) via a small hit and becomes a big hit.

Further, in the case where the result of the first hit / miss determination is the second specific result by changing to such an aspect, at least the fourth second specific result and the fifth second specific result are the second specific results. With the result. Then, the result of the first hit / fail determination executed in the first game state becomes the fourth second specific result (small hit 4), and the special game (big hit game) is executed when the game ball passes through the specific area. If so, the gaming state after the end of the special game is set to the third gaming state, and the result of the first hit / fail determination executed in the first gaming state is the fifth second specific result (small hit 5). When a special game (big hit game) is executed by the game ball passing through a specific area, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to the second game state. This makes it possible to diversify the playability and enhance the game interest. Further, when the result of the first hit / miss determination is the second specific result, the sixth specific result may be included as the second specific result.

Further, in the third game state (second time reduction state), the result of the hit / fail determination executed in the second game state (first time reduction state) becomes the first specific result (big hit), and the special game (big hit game) is performed. When executed, it may be characterized in that it is set after the end of the special game.

Further, in the third game state, when the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second specific result (small hit) in the second game state and the game ball passes through the specific area, the special game (big hit game) is executed. In addition, it may be characterized in that it is not set after the end of the special game.

Further, in the third game state, in the first game state (normal state), the result of the hit / fail determination becomes the second specific result (small hit), and the game ball passes through the specific area, so that the special game (big hit game) is performed. If executed, it will not be set after the end of the special game. That is, the third gaming state may be set after the end of the special game only when the special game (big hit game) is executed with the first specific result (big hit) in the second gaming state.

Further, the third gaming state is not set after the end of the special game executed based on the execution of the winning / failing determination in the first gaming state, and is executed based on the execution of the winning / failing determination in the second gaming state. It may be set after the end of the special game to be played.

Further, after the end of the special game executed based on the execution of the hit / fail determination in the third game state, the second game state is not set, and the first game state is set based on the end of the second end condition. It may be characterized by being done.

Further, after the end of the special game executed based on the execution of the hit / fail determination in the third game state, the third game state shall be set. That is, when the special game is executed in the third game state, the third game state shall be continued.

According to the gaming machine of Reference Invention 2, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that executes a gaming effect that enhances the entertainment of the game.

(Reference Invention 3)
With conventional gaming machines, while enhancing the game entertainment by various game productions, if the production mode of the game production is complicated or difficult for the player to understand, there is a risk that the game entertainment will be reduced. there were.

The present invention 3 has been made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and provides a gaming machine that enhances the interest of the game by providing a gaming effect in various production modes and providing an easy-to-understand game effect to the player. Is what you do.

The gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-1 is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
A variable entry port that can be changed between a state in which a game ball can enter and a state in which a game ball cannot enter, and a variable entry port in which a game ball cannot enter.
When the result of the variation display of the identification information becomes a specific result, a gaming machine provided with a special game executing means for executing a special game for executing a special notification effect and a special game for enabling the variable entry port to enter the ball. And
As the specific result, it has a first specific result (big hit, first result) and a second specific result (small hit, second result).
The special game includes a first special game (big hit game) and a second special game (small hit game).
The special notification effect includes a first special notification effect and an additional notification effect (remaining time display) that is additionally displayed in addition to the first special notification effect.
The first special game is regarded as a special game having a larger profit that can be obtained than the second special game.
When the result of the variation display of the identification information becomes the first specific result, the first special notification effect is executed and the first special game is executed.
When the result of the variation display of the identification information becomes the second specific result, the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect are executed, and the second special game is executed.
As the second specific result, the first special game is executed after the second special game by satisfying the specific condition during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect. It is a feature.

According to such a gaming machine, it has a first specific result and a second specific result as specific results, and has a first special game and a second special game as special games. Further, when the first specific result is obtained, the first special notification effect is executed and the first special game is executed, and when the second specific result is obtained, the same first special notification effect and additional notification effect as in the first special game are executed. At the same time, the second special game is executed. Then, by satisfying the specific conditions during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect, the first special game is executed after the second special game.

As a result, the first special game is common to both the case where the first special game is executed after the first specific result and the case where the first special game is executed after the second specific result and the specific condition is satisfied. By executing the 1 special notification effect, the player can execute the first special game to be executed at any time without discomfort. Further, when the first special game is executed after passing through the second specific result and when the specific condition is satisfied, unlike the case where the first special game is executed after passing through the first specific result, in addition to the first special notification effect. By executing the additional notification effect, the player can also recognize the difference in the first special game having different motives.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-2 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-1.
If the specific condition is not satisfied during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect as the second specific result, the first special game is not executed after the second special game. Is to be.

According to such a gaming machine, if the specific condition is not satisfied during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect, the game ends without executing the first special game after the second special game. As a result, during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect, it is expected whether or not a specific condition is satisfied, and the entertainment of the game is enhanced.

Further, the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the second specific result (small hit), and the specific condition is satisfied (passes through the specific area) during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect. After the second special game (small hit game), the first special game (big hit game) is executed without displaying the variation of the identification information (without pinching). In addition, when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the second specific result (small hit) and the specific condition is not satisfied (passes through the specific area) during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect. Performs variable display of identification information (without sandwiching) without executing the first special game after the second special game.

It should be noted that the variable entry port that can be changed between the enterable state in which the game ball can enter and the inaccessible state in which the game ball cannot enter, and the result of the variable display of the identification information are the specific results. Then, it may be provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game in which the variable entrance is enabled to enter the ball. The predetermined condition may be satisfied based on the entry of the ball into the starting port. Further, it is provided with a pass / fail determination means for determining the pass / fail based on the establishment of a predetermined condition and an identification information display means for variablely displaying the identification information based on the result of the pass / fail determination. It may be a gaming machine capable of performing a special game by stopping and displaying the identification information in a specific mode.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-2.
It is characterized in that the second special game is being executed during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect executed as the second specific result.

According to such a gaming machine, when the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect are executed as the second specific result, the second special notification effect and the additional notification effect are being executed during the execution of the second special notification effect. A special game is being executed. As a result, the player can execute the more advantageous first special game by satisfying the specific condition during the execution of the second special game, and raises the expectation during the execution of the second special game. ..

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-4 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-2 or Reference Invention 3-3.
As the variable ball entry port, a special variable ball entry port (second variable ball entry port) having a specific area through which a game ball can pass is provided.
The specific condition is characterized in that the game ball passes through the specific area during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect executed as the second specific result. It is a thing.

According to such a gaming machine, the variable entrance has a special variable entrance having a specific area through which the gaming ball can pass. Then, the specific condition is satisfied when the game ball passes through the specific area during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect. As a result, during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect, attention is paid to whether or not the game ball passes through the specific area, and the game interest is enhanced.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-5 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 3-1 to Reference Invention 3-4.
The additional notification effect is a remaining time display effect indicating the passage of a predetermined time.
It is characterized in that the first special game is executed by satisfying the specific condition before the remaining time displayed by the remaining time display effect is exhausted.

According to such a gaming machine, the additional notification effect displayed together with the first special notification effect is a remaining time display effect indicating the passage of a predetermined time. Then, the first special game is executed by satisfying the specific condition before the remaining time displayed in the remaining time display effect in the additional notification effect is exhausted. As a result, the player can launch the game ball in order to satisfy the specific condition before the remaining time in the additional notification effect is exhausted (becomes "0"). Further, this makes it possible to notify the player of the launch timing of the game ball (that the game ball should be fired), and the game performance can be easily understood.

In addition, in the case of "the second specific result is obtained, and the first special game is executed after the second special game by satisfying the specific condition during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect". , The first special notification effect shall not be executed when the first special game is executed. This makes it possible to prevent the notification effect from becoming redundant.

In addition, it has a special game effect (big hit game effect, round effect) indicating that the first special game is being executed.
When the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first specific result, the first special notification effect is executed, the first special game is executed, and the special game effect is executed during the execution of the first special game.
When the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the second specific result, the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect are executed, and the second special game is executed.
As a second specific result, the first special game is executed after the second special game by satisfying the specific condition during the execution of the first special notification effect and the additional notification effect, and the first special game is executed. A special game effect shall be executed during the execution of the game.
As a result, the player can execute the first special game (big hit game) that is executed at any time without any discomfort.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention 3, it is possible to provide a gaming machine having a high degree of interest in the game by providing a gaming effect in various production modes and providing an easy-to-understand game effect to the player.

(Reference Invention 4)
In a conventional gaming machine, a hit / fail judgment is made with a predetermined jackpot probability based on the ball entering the starting port, and the symbol is displayed in a variable manner. There was one that performed a big hit game that opened the winning opening. In addition, a game effect (reach effect, character effect, etc.) is executed along with the variable display of the symbol, and there is a possibility that the result of the hit / fail judgment may be a big hit depending on the execution mode of the game effect, that is, the symbol is stopped and displayed as a big hit symbol. It showed the possibility of (for example, JP-A-10-57583).

Further, as the game effect (reach effect, character effect, etc.), the player has a plurality of game effects having different execution modes, and shows different jackpot reliability depending on the game effect to be executed. As a result, the game entertainment of the player is enhanced when the game production with high reliability of the jackpot is executed, and the game entertainment interest is further enhanced when the jackpot is advantageous. Further, as the hit game, a plurality of types of hit games having different degrees of advantage for the player are provided, and when the advantageous hit game is executed, the hobby of the game is further enhanced. Further, by having a plurality of effect modes having different display modes and executing different effect modes depending on the game state, the effect of the effect is enhanced and the game is prevented from getting bored.

Although various game effects and production modes are executed in the above-mentioned gaming machines, the display mode is simply different, and the game entertainment has not been enhanced. The reference invention 4 is made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and provides a gaming machine having various production modes and a new production mode to enhance the game entertainment.

The gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-1 is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result.
The gaming state has a first specific state (normal state, low base state) and a second specific state different from the first specific state (time saving state, high base state).
As the game production
An effect executed in the first specific state, the first count effect having a first remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period in which the first specific state is executed by the number of times of variable display of the identification information. , (Play time transition effect, count mode, 1st countdown effect)
An effect executed in the second specific state, the second count effect having a second remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period in which the second specific state is executed by the number of times of variable display of the identification information. , (Time saving effect, special mode, super special mode, second countdown effect),
When the first count effect is executed, when the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times (50 times), the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit disappears (). (When the specific value (0) is reached), the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.
When the second count effect is executed, when the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times and the remaining period displayed on the second remaining period display unit disappears, the gaming state is changed. It is characterized by shifting from the second specific state to a gaming state that is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state.

According to such a gaming machine, the gaming state has a first specific state and a second specific state different from the first specific state, and the first specific state has a first remaining period display unit. The count effect is executed, and in the second specific state, the second count effect having the second remaining period display unit is executed. Then, when the remaining period is exhausted in the first count effect, the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to the gaming state more advantageous than the first specific state, and when the remaining period is exhausted in the second count effect, the gaming state is changed. It shifts from the second specific state to a gaming state that is more disadvantageous than the second specific state. As a result, the count effect can be executed in different game states, and depending on the game state in which the count effect is executed, when the game state is changed to an advantageous game state when the remaining period is exhausted, and when the game state is changed to a disadvantageous game state. There is. In addition, this makes it possible to diversify the playability and enhance the game interest.

In the first count effect in the first specific state, a predetermined number of fluctuations (first) in which the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to the gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first specific state. (Number of fluctuations) and the predetermined number of fluctuations in which the gaming state shifts from the second specific state to the gaming state that is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state in the second count effect in the second specific state. (Second number of fluctuations) may be the same number of times or different times. Further, the display mode (effect mode) of the first count effect and the second count effect may be different display modes or the same display mode.

Further, the gaming machine of the reference invention 4-2 is the gaming machine of the reference invention 4-1.
As a result of the variable display of the identification information, there are hits (specific results) and misses.
When the first count effect is executed, the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated a predetermined number of times, so that the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit is When it disappears, the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.
When the second count effect is executed, the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated a predetermined number of times, so that the remaining period displayed on the second remaining period display unit is When it disappears, the gaming state is characterized by shifting from the second specific state to a gaming state that is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state.

According to such a gaming machine, in the first count effect, the result of the variable display of the identification information is continuously deviated a predetermined number of times, so that the remaining period is exhausted and the gaming state becomes an advantageous gaming state. In the second count effect, the result of the variable display of the identification information is continuously deviated a predetermined number of times, so that the remaining period is exhausted and the gaming state shifts to a disadvantageous gaming state. As a result, every time the variable display of the identification information is executed, it is possible to expect a change in the game state and enhance the game interest. The predetermined number of times in the first count effect and the predetermined number of times in the second count effect may be the same number of times or different times.

In the first count effect in the first specific state, a predetermined number of continuous deviation fluctuations in which the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to the gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first specific state ( In the first continuous deviation fluctuation number) and the second count effect in the second specific state, the gaming state is predetermined to shift from the second specific state to the gaming state that is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state. The number of consecutive deviation fluctuations (the number of second consecutive deviation fluctuations) may be the same or different. Further, the number of first fluctuations and the number of first consecutive deviation fluctuations are the same (meaning the same). Further, the number of second fluctuations and the number of consecutive fluctuations of the second deviation are the same (meaning the same).

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-1 or Reference Invention 4-2.
A variable entrance port (second start port, variable start port) that can be changed to the first aspect and the second aspect in which the possibility of entering the game ball is higher than that of the first aspect.
A ball entry frequency setting means capable of setting a first frequency state in which the ball entry frequency into the variable entry port is the first frequency state and a second frequency state in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. Equipped with
The first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state.

According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to set a first frequency state in which the frequency of ball entry into the variable ball entry port is the first frequency state and a second frequency state in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. The first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state. As a result, it is possible to diversify the pattern of changes in the game state accompanying the count effect and enhance the game interest in the count effect.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-4 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-3.
When the first count effect is executed, the gaming state that shifts from the first specific state is the second frequency state.
When the second count effect is executed, the gaming state transitioning from the second specific state is the first frequency state.

According to such a gaming machine, the gaming state that shifts in the first count effect is the second frequency state, and the gaming state that shifts in the second count effect is the first frequency state. As a result, it is possible to diversify the pattern of changes in the game state accompanying the count effect and enhance the game interest in the count effect.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-5 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-1 to Reference Invention 4-4.
The identification information includes a first display identification information (normal effect symbol, first effect symbol) and a second display identification information (advantageous state effect symbol, second effect symbol).
The second display identification information has a display mode different from that of the first display identification information, and is identification information used in a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the gaming state in which the first display identification information is used. And
As the game effect, the first display identification information indicating predetermined symbol information (numerical information) is changed to the second display identification information without changing from the symbol information (numerical information) indicated by the first display identification information. Has a production (design display mode change production),
In the first count effect, the first display identification information is variablely displayed, and in the first count effect, a predetermined number of variable displays are executed and the first display identification information is stopped and displayed (fixed stop). Based on the display), the rush effect is executed (along with the next fluctuation display), and the rush effect is executed.
The gaming state (second specific state) after the transition from the first specific state is characterized in that the second display identification information is variablely displayed.

According to such a gaming machine, as the identification information, the first display identification information and the first display identification information have different display modes, and the second display is used in a gaming state which is more advantageous than the first display identification information. It has identification information. Further, as a game effect, there is a rush effect of changing the first display identification information indicating predetermined symbol information to the second display identification information without changing from the symbol information indicated by the first display identification information. The first count effect variablely displays the first display identification information, and when the variable display of a predetermined number of times is executed, the rush effect is executed, and the second display identification information is variablely displayed in the game state after the transition. As a result, the rush effect is executed to change the display mode of the identification information according to the change of the game state based on the count effect, and the game entertainment is enhanced.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-6 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 4-5.
When the second count effect is executed, the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times, and the gaming state is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state to the second specific state. When shifting to the gaming state, the rush effect is not executed.

According to such a gaming machine, when the variable display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times in the second count effect and the gaming state changes, the rush effect that changes the display mode of the identification information is not executed. .. As a result, whether or not the inrush effect is executed, that is, whether or not the display mode of the identification information is changed, differs depending on the type of the count effect to be executed. In addition, this makes it possible to diversify the production based on the count production and enhance the entertainment of the game.

Further, in the "rush effect" of this example, the first display identification information (for example, "345") indicating the predetermined symbol information is not changed from the symbol information (numerical information) indicated by the first display identification information. The second display identification information (for example, "345" having a different font (different color) from the first display identification information) is changed. In changing from such an aspect, when changing from the first display identification information to the second display identification information, the symbol information (numerical information) indicated by the display identification information may be changed. Specifically, the first display identification information (for example, "345") indicating the predetermined symbol information is the second display identification information (for example, the second display identification information) indicating the symbol information different from the symbol information indicated by the first display identification information. (1) It may be changed to "388") whose font is different from that of the display identification information.

Further, the "rush effect" may be executed by the variable display of the predetermined number of times (for example, the 550th time), or the next variable display (551st time) of the variable display of the predetermined number of times (550th time). ), That is, it may be executed in association with the first variation display in the gaming state (time saving state, first time saving state, second time saving state) after the transition from the first specific state (low base state). Further, the first display identification information (for example, "345") indicating the predetermined symbol information is not changed from the symbol information indicated by the first display identification information, and the second display identification information (for example, the first display identification information) is not changed. When changing to a different font (“345”), the last stop symbol (out of place effect symbol, out of place effect symbol combination) in the first specific state (low base state) and the game state after transition (time saving state, first). Even if the first stop symbol (out-of-time effect symbol, out-of-time effect symbol combination) in the time-saving state (second time-saving state) and the same symbol information (for example, although the display mode is different, both are "345") are shown. good. However, this is limited to the case where the result of the first special symbol winning / failing determination (result of the variation display of the identification information) in the gaming state (time saving state, first time saving state, second time saving state) after the transition is out of order.

In addition, the "rush effect" and / or the "achievement effect" is shifted from the next variable display (551st) of the predetermined number of variable displays (550th), that is, from the first specific state (low base state). When it is executed in the first variation display in the later game state (time saving state, first time saving state, second time saving state), the variation display (550 times) in advance in the first count effect ( Even if the continuous deviation variation) is executed and the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a more advantageous gaming state, the “rush effect” and / or the “achievement effect” may not be executed. That is, in the first count effect, when a predetermined number of times (550 times) of variation display (continuous deviation variation) is executed and the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a more advantageous gaming state, "rushing in". The "effect" and / or "achievement effect" may or may not be executed.

When the "rush effect" and / or the "achievement effect" is not executed, the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a more advantageous gaming state, and the result of the first variation display of the identification information (special symbol hit / fail judgment). The result) is a big hit. In this case, without executing the "rush effect" and / or the "achievement effect", the reach effect (character effect) indicating that the jackpot has been achieved is executed along with the variable display of the identification information. As a result, after executing the "rush effect" and / or the "achievement effect", the reach effect is further executed to prevent the time before the start of the big hit from becoming redundant, and the game entertainment is reduced. It will be possible to prevent it.

Further, when the "rush effect" and / or the "achievement effect" is executed, the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a more advantageous gaming state, and the result of the first variation display of the identification information (special symbol). It is assumed that the result of the hit / fail judgment) is out of order. If the game state shifts from the first specific state to a more advantageous gaming state and the execution time of the first variation display of the identification information is out of the result of the variation display of the identification information (result of the special symbol winning / failing determination). , A fixed time (predetermined specific time) is set, and it is assumed that the "rush effect" and / or the "achievement effect" is always executed.

Further, in the second count effect, the first display identification information is variablely displayed, and in the second count effect, the variable display is executed a predetermined number of times, the first display identification information is stopped and displayed, and the gaming state is changed. When migrating, do not execute the rush effect,
The gaming state after the transition from the second specific state may be a variable display of the first display identification information.

Further, even if a plurality of first display identification information to be used in a gaming state (first time saving state, low base state) which is more disadvantageous than the advantageous gaming state (second time saving state) in which the second display identification information is used is provided. good. Specifically, in the second specific state (first time saving state) in which the first first display identification information and the second first display identification information are provided and the second count effect is executed, the second first display is performed. Even if the identification information (time saving effect symbol) is used and the first display identification information (normal state effect symbol) is used in the gaming state (low base state, normal state) that shifts from the second specific state. good. That is, the first display identification information is also used as a generic term for the identification information used in a gaming state that is more disadvantageous than the second display identification information.

Further, as a game effect, there is an achievement effect indicating that the condition for shifting the game state is satisfied by executing the variable display of the identification information a predetermined number of times.
When the first count effect is executed, the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times, and the gaming state is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state to the first specific state. When shifting to the game state, the above-mentioned achievement effect is executed.
When the second count effect is executed, the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times, and the gaming state is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state to the second specific state. When shifting to the gaming state, the achievement effect may not be executed.

It should be noted that the variable entry port that can be changed between the enterable state in which the game ball can enter and the inaccessible state in which the game ball cannot enter, and the result of the variable display of the identification information are the specific results. Then, it may be provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game in which the variable entrance is enabled to enter the ball. The predetermined condition may be satisfied based on the entry of the ball into the starting port. Further, it is provided with a pass / fail determination means for determining the pass / fail based on the establishment of a predetermined condition and an identification information display means for variablely displaying the identification information based on the result of the pass / fail determination. It may be a gaming machine capable of performing a special game by stopping and displaying the identification information in a specific mode.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention 4, it is possible to provide a gaming machine having various production modes and to provide a gaming machine having a high gaming interest by a new production mode.

(Reference Invention 5)
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY 5 The present invention 5 provides a gaming machine having various production modes, and also provides a gaming machine that enhances the entertainment of the game by a new production mode.

The gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-1 is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result.
As the game state, the first specific state (normal state) is held.
As the game effect, the effect is an effect executed in the first specific state, and has a first remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period in which the first specific state is executed by the number of times of variable display of the identification information. Has a first count effect (play time transition effect, count mode),
As a result of the variable display of the identification information, the specific result and the deviation are included.
The first count effect is executed when the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first number of times (500 times) after the special game is completed.
In the first count effect, when the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the second time (50 times) and the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit disappears, the gaming state is changed. , It is assumed that the first specific state shifts to a game state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.
When the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated from the total number of times of the first number of times and the second number of times, even if the first count effect is not executed, the gaming state is the first. It is characterized by shifting from a specific state to a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.

According to such a gaming machine, it is executed in the first specific state, and has a first count effect having a first remaining period display unit. Further, the first count effect is started when the deviation variation is continuously executed the first number of times from the end of the special game, and the deviation variation is executed the second consecutive number of times in the first count effect, and the first remaining period is displayed. When the remaining period of the part is exhausted, the game state becomes more advantageous than the first specific state. Further, even when the first count effect is not executed, if the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed a total of the first and second counts, the gaming state becomes more advantageous than the first specific state. .. As a result, the player can continue the game without losing the motivation to play even if the deviation fluctuation continues for a long period of time. In addition, by diversifying the transition pattern to an advantageous gaming state, it is possible to enhance the gaming interest.

Further, the second number of times (for example, "50" times) is less than the first number of times (for example, "500" times). The total number of the first and second times is the number of times the first and second times are added (for example, "550" times).

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-2 is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result.
As the game state, it has a first specific state.
As the game effect, the effect is an effect executed in the first specific state, and has a first remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period in which the first specific state is executed by the number of times of variable display of the identification information. Has a first count effect,
As a result of the variable display of the identification information, the specific result and the deviation are included.
The first count effect is executed when the game state after the end of the special game becomes the first specific state, and then the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first time.
In the first count effect, when the result of the variation display of the identification information is deviated two times in a row and the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit disappears, the gaming state is changed to the first. It is assumed that the game state shifts from the specific state to a game state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.
In the first specific state, when the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated from the total number of times of the first number and the second number, even if the first count effect is not executed. It is characterized in that the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.

According to such a gaming machine, it is executed in the first specific state, and has a first count effect having a first remaining period display unit. Further, the first count effect is started when the deviation variation is continuously executed the first number of times in the first specific state after the end of the special game, and the deviation variation is continuously executed the second number of times in the first count effect. When the remaining period of the first remaining period display unit is exhausted, the gaming state becomes more advantageous than the first specific state. Further, even when the first count effect is not executed, it is more advantageous than the first specific state if the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed a total of the first and second times in the first specific state. It becomes a game state. As a result, the player can continue the game without losing the motivation to play even if the deviation fluctuation continues for a long period of time. In addition, by diversifying the transition pattern to an advantageous gaming state, it is possible to enhance the gaming interest.

Further, the second number of times (for example, "50" times) is less than the first number of times (for example, "500" times). The total number of the first and second times is the number of times the first and second times are added (for example, "550" times). Further, in this example, the second specific state (high base state) may be set after the special game ends, the second specific state (high base state) ends, and the game state changes from the second specific state. After shifting to the first specific state, the first counting shall be started. Such a gaming machine is a so-called ST machine, which is set to a specific number of times (for example, 70 times) and a high base state (or a high probability state) after the end of the big hit game, and the special symbol winning or failing the specific number of times. When all the judgments are (continuously) out of order, the gaming state shifts from the high base state to the low base state (normal state).

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-1 or Reference Invention 5-2.
Equipped with a power supply means to supply power,
After the power supply is started by the power supply means, until the special game is executed, even if the result of the variation display of the identification information is deviated for the first time in a row, the first count effect is performed. It is characterized by not executing.

According to such a gaming machine, from the start of power supply to the execution of the special game, the first count effect is not executed even if the deviation fluctuation is continuous for the first time, and the deviation fluctuation is the first. When the number of times and the second number of times are summed up and executed consecutively, the game shifts to an advantageous gaming state without going through the first count effect. As a result, it is possible to enhance the interest in the game by diversifying the pattern of transition to an advantageous game state. Further, the player can grasp whether or not the gaming machine has been initialized depending on whether or not the first count effect is executed.

Further, according to such a gaming machine, if the special game (big hit game) is not executed even once after the power is turned on and the deviation fluctuation is continuous for the first time, the counting effect is not executed. .. The number of consecutive disconnections is the target of backup, and the total number of consecutive disconnections before the power is turned off and the number of continuous disconnections after the start of power supply (after the power is turned on) is the first and first. When the total number of times is the sum of the two times, the gaming state is assumed to shift from the first specific state to a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-4 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-1 or Reference Invention 5-2.
Equipped with a game information storage means that can store predetermined game information,
When the game information storage means does not store the occurrence information of the special game, even if the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first time (500 times), the first count effect is produced. It is characterized by not executing.

According to such a gaming machine, when the game information storage means does not store the occurrence information of the special game, the first count effect is not executed even if the deviation fluctuation is continuous for the first time, and the deviation fluctuation is performed. Is executed consecutively a total of the first and second times, the game shifts to an advantageous gaming state without going through the first count effect. As a result, it is possible to enhance the interest in the game by diversifying the pattern of transition to an advantageous game state. Further, the player can grasp whether or not the gaming machine has been initialized depending on whether or not the first count effect is executed.

In addition, in the "special game occurrence information", information that can specify the occurrence time of the special game that occurred last time (how many times the variable display was executed from the end of the special game, etc.), the type of the special game that occurred, etc. Contains information.

Further, even if the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first time (500 times), the case where the first count effect is not executed and the information on the occurrence of the special game is not stored (that is,). , The game machine is in the initial state). When the gaming machine is in the initial state, it means that the gaming machine is in the state at the time of shipment and no special game (big hit game) has occurred after the shipment, or the game is stored in memory by performing RAM clear processing. The state in which the information is erased and the game is started. In addition, when the result of the variation display of the identification information is out of the first number of times (500 times) in a row, the previous special game information (previous special game) that can specify whether or not the number of changes has been made since the end of the previous special game. Information flag). Then, when there is the previous special game information (the previous special game information flag is ON), the first count effect may be executed.

Further, even if the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first time (500 times), the first count effect may not be executed. In addition, the power is cut off during the execution of the first count effect. When the power is re-supplied (without erasing the game information), the predetermined timing (first and second times) is performed without executing the first count effect again. The game state may be changed from the first specific state to the game state more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.

Further, when the gaming state when the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first time (500 times) is the high base state, the first count effect may not be executed. Further, in this case, the high base state is assumed to be completed by a predetermined timing (the number of times the first and second times are added (550 times)) and shift to the low base state (for example,). The maximum number of time reductions is 530).

Further, at the timing when the result of the variation display of the identification information is continuously deviated for the first time (500 times) and the first count effect is started, the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is deviated and the specific game effect ( For example, when it is decided to execute the super reach effect with high reliability, the execution of the super reach effect may be prioritized without executing the first count effect. In this case, the first count effect may be started in the next variable display, or the game may be continued without performing the first count effect thereafter, and the game may be continued at a predetermined timing (the first number of times). When the deviation continues up to the number of times (550 times) obtained by adding the second number of times, the gaming state may shift from the first specific state to a gaming state more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-5 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-4.
A game information erasing means capable of erasing the game information stored in the game information storage means is provided.
The game information erasing means is characterized in that the generation information of the special game stored in the game information storage means can be erased.

According to such a game machine, a game information erasing means capable of erasing the game information stored in the game information storage means is provided, and the game information erasing means stores information on the occurrence of special games stored in the game information storage means. Make it erasable. As a result, it is possible to enhance the interest in the game by diversifying the pattern of transition to an advantageous game state. Further, the player can grasp whether or not the gaming machine has been initialized depending on whether or not the first count effect is executed.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-6 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 5-5.
Power supply means to supply power and
A storage holding means for storing and holding game information stored in the game information storage means when a decrease in electric power is detected is provided.
If the game information stored and held in the storage holding means is not erased when the power is supplied by the power supply means, the game information including the generation information of the special game is restored and the game is started.
When the game information stored and held in the storage holding means is erased when the power is supplied by the power supply means, the game information including the generation information of the special game is erased and the game is started. It is a feature.

According to such a game machine, a power supply means and a storage holding means for storing and holding game information when the power is reduced are provided, and when the stored game information is not erased, the stored game information is stored. When the game is restored and the game is started and the stored game information is erased, the game information including the occurrence information of the special game is erased and the game is started. As a result, it is possible to enhance the interest in the game by diversifying the pattern of transition to an advantageous game state. Further, the player can grasp whether or not the gaming machine has been initialized depending on whether or not the first count effect is executed.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention 5, it is possible to provide a gaming machine having various production modes and to provide a gaming machine having a high gaming interest by a new production mode.

(Reference Invention 6)
Further, the conventional gaming machine has a plurality of game effects having different execution modes as game effects (reach effect, character effect, etc.), and shows different jackpot reliability depending on the game effect to be executed. As a result, the game entertainment of the player is enhanced when the game production with high reliability of the jackpot is executed, and the game entertainment interest is further enhanced when the jackpot is advantageous. Further, as the hit game, a plurality of types of hit games having different degrees of advantage for the player are provided, and when the advantageous hit game is executed, the hobby of the game is further enhanced. In addition, if a player has a plurality of effect modes having different display modes and shifts to a game state (time saving state or probability change state) that is advantageous to the player after the end of the winning game, the effect mode executed in the game state is used. There was one that displayed the remaining period until the end of the advantageous gaming state.

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, although it is easy for the player to understand the gameplay, the production mode is monotonous and the game entertainment has not been enhanced. INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention 6 is made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and provides a gaming machine having various production modes and a new gaming effect to enhance the game entertainment.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-1 is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result (big hit).
The gaming state has a first specific state (normal state, low base state) and a second specific state different from the first specific state (time reduction state, second time reduction state, high base state).
It is assumed that the gaming state is shifted from the first specific state to the second specific state based on the establishment of the special condition.
The special condition is satisfied when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific number of times and a non-specific result (off) in succession.
As the game effect, there is a remaining period notification effect that notifies the remaining period until the special condition is satisfied.
The execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect includes a first execution condition and a second execution condition different from the first execution condition.
It is characterized in that the remaining period notification effect can be executed in both cases when the first execution condition is satisfied and when the second execution condition is satisfied.

According to such a gaming machine, the gaming state has a first specific state and a second specific state, and the result of variable display of the identification information becomes a specific number of times and a non-specific result (off) in succession. When the special condition is satisfied, the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to the second specific state. Further, there are a first execution condition and a second execution condition as execution conditions for executing the remaining period notification effect for notifying the remaining period until the special condition is satisfied, and when any of the execution conditions is satisfied. Also performs the remaining period notification effect. As a result, it is possible to increase the feasibility of the remaining period notification effect for notifying the remaining period up to the second specific state, diversify the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect, and enhance the game entertainment.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-2 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-1.
As the remaining period notification effect, a first remaining period notification effect (character display, range display), a second remaining period notification effect (remaining period display, number of times display) having a display mode different from that of the first remaining period notification effect, Have,
When the first execution condition is satisfied, the first remaining period notification effect is executed, and when the second execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed. be.

According to such a gaming machine, it has a first remaining period notification effect and a second remaining period notification effect having a different display mode from the first remaining period notification effect. Then, when the remaining period notification effect is executed based on the satisfaction of the first execution condition, the first remaining period notification effect is executed, and the remaining period notification effect is executed based on the satisfaction of the second execution condition. When it is executed, the second remaining period notification effect is executed. As a result, the display mode (execution mode) of the remaining period notification effect differs depending on the execution conditions established when the remaining period notification effect is executed, and the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect is diversified to enhance the game entertainment. Is possible.

The first execution condition may be a condition that is easier to satisfy than the second execution condition (the second execution condition is a condition that is more difficult to satisfy than the first execution condition). As a result, although the first execution condition is more likely to be satisfied than the second execution condition, the feasibility of the remaining period notification effect (first remaining period notification effect) is lower (for example, than the second remaining period notification effect). , 50%), although the second execution condition is less likely to be satisfied than the first execution condition, the possibility of performing the remaining period notification effect (second remaining period notification effect) is high (for example, 100%). As a result, it is expected that different execution conditions will be satisfied and the remaining period notification effect will be executed, and the game will be enhanced. Further, the feasibility of the remaining period notification effect (second remaining period notification effect) to be executed when the second execution condition is satisfied is not limited to 100%, and may be set to 80% or the like (not executed). In some cases). Further, the notification effect execution determination means is provided, and the notification effect execution determination means executes the notification effect for the remaining period with a predetermined probability (possibility) when one execution condition is satisfied or the second execution condition is satisfied. It may be determined whether or not.

Further, the first remaining period notification effect may be executed if the remaining number of variable display times up to the chance period is within a predetermined number of times (for example, within 150 times) when the first execution condition is satisfied. good. Further, when the RAM is cleared when the power is turned on, the first remaining period notification effect may not be executed even if the first execution condition is satisfied from the power on (for example, 50 consecutive deviation fluctuations). .. As a result, by executing the first remaining period notification effect, it is possible to grasp whether or not the game store is performing the RAM clear (initialization process) when the power is turned on, and it is possible to increase the motivation for the game. Further, in the first remaining period notification effect, when the first execution condition (for example, 50 consecutive deviation fluctuations from the power-on) is satisfied, the remaining fluctuation display number until the chance period is within a predetermined number of times (for example, 150). If it is within the number of times), it may be executed.

Further, the notification mode of the remaining period may be different between the first remaining period notification effect and the second remaining period notification effect. For example, in the first remaining period notification effect, by displaying a predetermined character, "the remaining period (number of fluctuations) until the special condition is satisfied is within the special number of times (for example, 150 times)" by the display of the character. That is, it may be a notification mode that indirectly indicates that the occurrence of a chance period (establishment of a special condition) is approaching to some extent. The second remaining period notification effect displays the number of remaining fluctuations displayed up to the chance period (for example, "the chance period is displayed 255 times later"), and the chance period is determined by how many times the deviation changes continuously. It may be a notification mode that directly indicates whether or not it will be.

As a result, the first execution condition (for example, 50 consecutive deviation fluctuations from the power-on) is likely to be satisfied, but the first remaining period notification effect executed based on the establishment of the first execution condition is the remaining period (remaining number of times, Since the number of variable displays) is not displayed directly, but is indirectly notified by the character, it is difficult to recognize it unless the game playability and game effect are grasped. On the other hand, although it is difficult to satisfy the second execution condition (for example, 100 consecutive deviation fluctuations from the power-on), the second remaining period notification effect executed based on the establishment of the second execution condition is the remaining period (remaining number of times, Since the number of times of variable display) is directly displayed, it is possible to easily grasp the remaining period until the chance period even if the game playability and the game production are not grasped. In addition, this makes it possible to diversify the playability and the production mode and enhance the game entertainment.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-2.
The first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied.
The second remaining period notification effect is characterized in that, when the second execution condition is satisfied, it is executed with a second possibility higher than the first possibility.

According to such a gaming machine, the first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied, and the second remaining period notification effect satisfies the second execution condition. In some cases it is performed with a second possibility higher than the first. That is, the first remaining period notification effect is not always executed when the first execution condition is satisfied, and the first remaining period notification effect is executed when other conditions other than the first execution condition are satisfied. To. Further, when the second execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed with a higher possibility than the possibility that the first remaining period notification effect is executed when the first execution condition is satisfied. To. As a result, it is possible to diversify the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect and enhance the game entertainment.

Also, the first possibility is lower than the second possibility. Further, instead of such an aspect, the first possibility may be higher than the second possibility. According to this, the first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied, and the second remaining period notification effect is the first when the second execution condition is satisfied. It shall be executed with a second possibility that is lower than the possibility.

Further, in the first remaining period notification effect, when the first execution condition (for example, the power is turned off and the fluctuation is continuously executed 50 times) is satisfied, the remaining period until the chance period (remaining number of fluctuation display times) is set. , If it is within a predetermined number of times (for example, within 150 times), it may be executed. Further, the second remaining period notification effect may be (always) executed when the second execution condition (for example, the power is turned on and the fluctuation is continuously executed 100 times) is satisfied.

Further, the gaming machines of Reference Invention 6-4 are the gaming machines of Reference Inventions 6-1 to 6-3.
The first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first specific number of times and the non-specific result (off) in succession.
The second execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information is a second specific number of times different from the first specific number of times and a non-specific result (off). It is a feature.

According to such a gaming machine, the first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first specific number of times and the non-specific result in succession, and the second execution condition. Shall be established on condition that at least the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the second specific number of times and the non-specific result in succession. As a result, the execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect can be satisfied at different times, and the number of executions for which the result of the variable display of the identification information is a non-specific result can be satisfied. Therefore, the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect is diversified. It is possible to enhance the entertainment of the game.

Further, the second specific number of times (for example, 100 times) is set to be larger than the first specific number of times (for example, 50 times). That is, it is assumed that the first execution condition is satisfied before the second execution condition. Further, instead of such an embodiment, the second specific number of times may be less than the first specific number of times.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-5 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 6-1 to Reference Invention 6-3.
The first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variation display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the first specific number of times and the non-specific result (off).
The second execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variation display of the identification information from the power-on is a second specific number of times different from the first specific number of times and a non-specific result (off). It is characterized by doing.

According to such a gaming machine, the first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the first specific number of times and the non-specific result. 2 The execution condition shall be satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the second specific number of times and the non-specific result. As a result, the execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect can be different the number of executions for which the result of the variable display of the identification information from the power-on is a non-specific result, so that the execution pattern of the remaining period notification effect can be satisfied. It will be possible to diversify and enhance the entertainment of the game.

Further, the gaming machines of the reference invention 6-6 are the gaming machines of the reference inventions 6-1 to 6-5.
A variable entrance port (second start port, variable start port) that can be changed to the first aspect and the second aspect in which the possibility of entering the game ball is higher than that of the first aspect.
A first frequency state (low base state) in which the frequency of ball entry into the variable ball entry port is the first frequency, and a second frequency state (high base state) in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. Equipped with a settable entry frequency setting means,
The first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state.

According to such a gaming machine, it is possible to set a first frequency state in which the frequency of ball entry into the variable ball entry port is the first frequency state and a second frequency state in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. The first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state. As a result, it is possible to diversify the pattern of changes in the game state accompanying the count effect and enhance the game interest in the count effect.

Further, as the execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect, it has a third execution condition different from the first execution condition and the second execution condition.
In any case of the case where the first execution condition is satisfied, the second execution condition, and the third execution condition are satisfied, the remaining period notification effect may be executed.

Further, as the remaining period notification effect, there is a third remaining period notification effect (count mode, first count effect) having a display mode different from that of the first remaining period notification effect and the second remaining period notification effect.
When the first execution condition is satisfied, the first remaining period notification effect is executed, when the second execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed, and when the third execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed. The third remaining period notification effect may be executed.

Further, the first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied.
The second remaining period notification effect is executed with the second possibility (higher than the first possibility, different from the first possibility) when the second execution condition is satisfied.
The third remaining period notification effect shall be executed with the third possibility (different from the first possibility and the second possibility) when the third execution condition is satisfied.

Further, the third remaining period notification effect is executed if the third execution condition (for example, the continuous deviation fluctuation of the first number of times (500 times)) is satisfied and the previous special game information is stored. May be. Further, the third remaining period notification effect may be (always) executed when the third execution condition is satisfied. Further, the first number of times is set to be a larger number than any of the first specific number of times and the second specific number of times. Further, the third execution condition may be satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first number of times and the non-specific result (off) in succession. Further, the third execution condition may be satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information from the end of the previous special game becomes the first number of times and the non-specific result (off) in succession. .. Further, in the third remaining period notification effect, if the game state is the first specific state (low base state) when the third execution condition (for example, the continuous deviation fluctuation of the first number of times (500 times)) is satisfied. , May be executed. Further, two or more of the above-mentioned execution conditions may be combined as an execution condition.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention 6, it is possible to provide a gaming machine having a high degree of entertainment interest by providing a gaming effect in various production modes and a new gaming effect.

(Reference Invention 7)
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY 7 The present invention 7 provides a gaming machine having various production modes, and also provides a gaming machine that enhances the entertainment of the game by a new production mode.

The gaming machine of Reference Invention 7-1 is
Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result.
As the game state, the first specific state (normal state) is held.
As the game production
An effect executed in the first specific state, the first count effect having a first remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period in which the first specific state is executed by the number of times of variable display of the identification information. , (Play time transition production)
It has a purpose performance effect (a battle effect in which a first character (friend character) and a second character (enemy character) perform an effect) for displaying a predetermined character and performing an effect.
When the first count effect is executed, when the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times (50 times) and the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit disappears, It is assumed that the gaming state shifts from the first specific state to a gaming state (second specific state, time saving state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state.
In the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed during a period other than the first count effect, when the effect (successful effect) that achieves the purpose is executed (when the first character wins), the specific result and the specific result are obtained. And execute the above special game,
In the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed in the first count effect, when an effect that does not achieve the purpose (failure effect) is executed (the first character is defeated or the second character wins). In the case), the specific result is obtained, the special game is executed, and the first count effect is terminated.

According to such a gaming machine, as a game effect, a first count effect that is executed in the first specific state and has a first remaining period display unit, and a purpose performance effect (first character) that displays a predetermined character and performs the effect. And a battle effect that is produced by the second character). Further, the first count effect is started when the deviation fluctuation is continuously executed a predetermined number of times from the end of the special game, and when the remaining period of the first remaining period display unit is exhausted in the first count effect, the first It becomes a game state that is more advantageous than a specific state. In addition, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) during the period other than the first count effect, a special game is executed when the effect to achieve the purpose (successful effect) is executed (when the first character wins), and the first In the battle effect in the 1-count effect, a special game is executed when an effect that does not achieve the purpose (failure effect) is executed (when the first character is defeated or the second character wins). As a result, depending on the execution timing (execution period) of the purpose performance effect (battle effect), whether or not the special game is executed for the result of the purpose execution effect (battle effect) can be changed, the game effect can be diversified, and the game entertainment can be enhanced. It will be possible. The character displayed in the purpose performance effect may be a humanoid, robotic, animal, or other character, or may be a mountain, rock, tree, flower, or other character. It may be a character of shape. Further, the number of characters displayed in the purpose performance effect may be one or a plurality.

In addition, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed in the first count effect, when the effect that does not achieve the purpose (failure effect) is executed (the first character is defeated or the second character wins). In some cases), a special game (big hit game) may be executed with a specific result (big hit). In addition to this, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed in the first count effect, a specific result (big hit) is performed when the effect (successful effect) that achieves the purpose is executed (when the first character wins). ) And a special game (big hit game) may be executed. In this case, there is a big hit that is relatively advantageous for the player (for example, special figure 1 big hit A) and a big hit that is relatively disadvantageous for the player (for example, special figure 1 big hit C), and the effect that does not achieve the purpose is achieved. The special game executed when (failure effect) is executed (when the first character is defeated or the second character wins) is a relatively disadvantageous jackpot (for example, special figure 1 jackpot C). The special game executed when the effect (successful effect) to achieve the purpose is executed (when the first character wins) is a relatively advantageous jackpot (for example, special figure 1 jackpot A). Is preferable. That is, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) in the first count effect, when the effect that achieves the purpose (success effect) is executed (when the first character wins), the effect that does not achieve the purpose (failure effect). Is executed (when the second character wins), both may be big hits, and the big hit (which character wins) is executed depending on whether or not the purpose is achieved (which character wins). The type of jackpot game) is different.

In addition, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed during a period other than the first count effect, when the first character wins, a special game is executed with a specific result (the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination). If the second character wins (if the first character is defeated), the result of the special symbol winning / failing determination is wrong and the special game is not executed.

Further, in any case (whether the jackpot is relatively unfavorable or the jackpot is relatively advantageous), the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit disappears and the gaming state is the first. It is more advantageous for the player to shift to a gaming state that is advantageous to the player (shift to the chance period) than to a specific state (there is a high possibility that a large profit can be obtained). That is, during the execution of the first count effect, the game state is the first specific state without the special game being executed, rather than the special game being executed and the first count effect (low base state) ending. There is a high possibility that the profit gained by the player will be greater if the player shifts to a game state (second time saving state) that is advantageous to the player (the average number of prize balls won is large).

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 7-2 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 7-1.
The special game is not executed during the execution of the first count effect, the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit disappears, and the gaming state is more advantageous to the player than the first specific state. The case of shifting to the gaming state is characterized in that the profit is greater for the player than the case where the special game is executed during the execution of the first count effect.

According to such a gaming machine, the case where the remaining period of the first remaining period display unit is exhausted in the first count effect and the gaming state shifts to an advantageous gaming state is special during the execution of the first count effect. It is more profitable for the player than when the game is performed. As a result, the player provides a peculiar game property that the player expects the special game to be executed before the execution of the first count effect and expects that the special game does not occur during the execution of the first count effect. It will be possible to enhance the interest.

Further, the gaming machine of Reference Invention 7-3 is the gaming machine of Reference Invention 7-1 or Reference Invention 7-2.
The gaming state has a second specific state (time saving state, high base state) different from the first specific state (normal state, low base state).
A second count effect having a second remaining period display unit indicating the remaining period in which the second specific state is executed by the number of times of variable display of the identification information, which is an effect executed in the second specific state. Has time-saving production, probabilistic production),
When the second count effect is executed, when the variation display of the identification information is executed a predetermined number of times and the remaining period displayed on the second remaining period display unit disappears, the gaming state is changed. It is assumed that the second specific state shifts to a game state that is more disadvantageous to the player than the second specific state.
The period other than the first count effect is the execution period of the second count effect.
In the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed in the second count effect, when the effect (successful effect) to achieve the purpose is executed (when the first character wins), the specific result is obtained and the special game is performed. Is executed, and the second count effect that was being executed is terminated.

According to such a gaming machine, it has a second count effect that is executed in the second specific state and has a second remaining period display unit. Further, in the second count effect, when the remaining period displayed on the second remaining period display unit is exhausted, the gaming state shifts to a disadvantageous gaming state. In the second count effect, when the effect (successful effect) that achieves the purpose is executed (when the first character wins), a special game is executed and the second count effect ends. As a result, it is possible to diversify the execution patterns of the purpose performance production (battle production) in the plurality of count productions and enhance the game entertainment. Depending on the type of the specific result (type of the special game), the second count effect may be executed again after the special game is completed.

Further, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed during the execution of the second count effect, when the effect (successful effect) that achieves the purpose is executed (the first character wins) (special symbol hit / fail determination). When a special game is executed with a specific result (as a result of) and an effect that does not achieve the purpose (failure effect) is executed (when the first character is defeated or the second character wins), The result of the special symbol winning / failing judgment is out of order, and the special game is not executed. In addition, in the second count effect, when the effect (successful effect) that achieves the purpose is executed, the second count effect is ended (when the first character wins) and the special game is executed, and after the special game is completed, the special game is executed again. The second count effect may be executed.

Further, the gaming machines of Reference Invention 7-4 are the gaming machines of Reference Inventions 7-1 to 7-3.
In the purpose performance effect (battle effect) executed in the first count effect, the effect (success effect) that achieves the purpose is not executed at least until the remaining period displayed on the first remaining period display unit is exhausted. In the case (when the first character and the second character cannot be settled, the special effect (the effect in which the first character wins) is not executed), the gaming state is higher than that of the first specific state. It is characterized by shifting to a game state (second specific state, time saving state) which is advantageous to the player.

According to such a gaming machine, in the purpose performance effect (battle effect) in the first count effect, the effect (successful effect) that achieves the purpose is not executed until the remaining period of the first remaining period display unit is exhausted. In the case (when the first character and the second character cannot be settled), the game shifts to an advantageous gaming state (second specific state, time saving state). As a result, the player expects the execution of the effect to achieve the purpose (winning of the first character) before the execution of the first count effect, and the effect to achieve the purpose is not executed during the execution of the first count effect. It is possible to enhance the fun of the game by providing a peculiar playability such as expecting (the first character does not win and the second character cannot be settled).

Further, when the reach effect (for example, "3 ↓ 3") is executed in the first count effect, the display mode (warning display, etc.) indicating the pinch state is set for the player who may generate the special game. The reach effect is a reach mode in which two of the three effect symbols are stopped and displayed at the same (matching) symbol, and one effect symbol is variablely displayed (for example, "3 ↓ 3". "), Which is a game effect in which a character or the like is used for the effect. Further, if the reach effect is missed (“343”), the reach effect is ended and the first count effect is continued. On the other hand, if the reach effect is a big hit (“333”), the first count effect is ended and the big hit game is executed.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention 7, it is possible to provide a gaming machine having various production modes and to provide a gaming machine having a high gaming interest by a new production mode.

Further, among the above-mentioned reference inventions 1 to 7, 2 or 3 or more reference inventions may be combined and configured.

1 Pachinko game machine, 7b Directional symbol display area (production symbol display area), 8 Directional symbol, 20 1st start opening, 21 2nd start opening, 30 1st big prize opening, 35 2nd big winning opening, 39 Specific area , 41a 1st special symbol display (1st special symbol display), 41b 2nd special symbol display (2nd special symbol display), 80 main control board (main control unit), 90 sub control board (sub control) Part), 100 image control board (image control unit), 103a effect 1st special figure hold indicator, 103b effect 2nd special figure hold indicator

Claims (6)

Identification information display means that variablely displays identification information based on the establishment of predetermined conditions,
The game state setting means for setting the game state and
A game production execution means for executing a game production, and
A gaming machine provided with a special game execution means for executing a special game when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific result.
The gaming state includes a first specific state and a second specific state different from the first specific state.
It is assumed that the gaming state is shifted from the first specific state to the second specific state based on the establishment of the special condition.
The special condition is satisfied when the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes a specific number of times and a non-specific result (off) in succession.
As the game effect, there is a remaining period notification effect that notifies the remaining period until the special condition is satisfied.
The execution condition for executing the remaining period notification effect includes a first execution condition and a second execution condition different from the first execution condition.
A gaming machine characterized in that the remaining period notification effect can be executed in both cases when the first execution condition is satisfied and when the second execution condition is satisfied. The remaining period notification effect includes a first remaining period notification effect and a second remaining period notification effect having a display mode different from that of the first remaining period notification effect.
The claim is characterized in that when the first execution condition is satisfied, the first remaining period notification effect is executed, and when the second execution condition is satisfied, the second remaining period notification effect is executed. The gaming machine according to 1. The first remaining period notification effect is executed with the first possibility when the first execution condition is satisfied.
The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the second remaining period notification effect is executed with a second possibility higher than the first possibility when the second execution condition is satisfied. .. The first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variable display of the identification information becomes the first specific number of times and the non-specific result in succession.
The second execution condition is characterized in that, at least, the result of the variable display of the identification information is continuously satisfied with a second specific number of times different from the first specific number of times and a non-specific result. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3. The first execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variation display of the identification information from the power-on is continuously the first specific number of times and the non-specific result.
The second execution condition is satisfied at least on the condition that the result of the variation display of the identification information from the power-on is a second specific number of times different from the first specific number of times and a non-specific result. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the gaming machine is characterized. A variable entrance port that can be changed to the first aspect and the second aspect in which the possibility of entering the game ball is higher than that of the first aspect.
A ball entry frequency setting means capable of setting a first frequency state in which the ball entry frequency into the variable entry port is the first frequency state and a second frequency state in which the ball entry frequency is higher than the first frequency state. Equipped with
The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first specific state is the first frequency state, and the second specific state is the second frequency state.

Images